ANTIGUA FUNDING CORP
S-3/A, 1996-09-17
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: ROFIN SINAR TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-A12G, 1996-09-17
Next: IMAGE GUIDED TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-A12B, 1996-09-17



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 18, 1996
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-08465
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   ---------
   
                          AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO FORM S-3
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
                       (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
             NEW YORK                      13-7097632
  (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)         Identification
                                             Number)
</TABLE>
    
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                (ORIGINATOR OF THE OWNER TRUST DESCRIBED HEREIN)
 
                               C/O CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                 CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                ----------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
             OWEN C. MARX                          RICHARD M. SCHETMAN
         Dorsey & Whitney LLP                 Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
           250 Park Avenue                           100 Maiden Lane
       New York, New York 10177                  New York, New York 10038
            (212) 415-9285                            (212) 504-6906
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                                ----------------
 
    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box: / /
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the  earliest effective registration statement
for the same offering: / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box: / /
                                ----------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM     AGGREGATE
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                AMOUNT TO       OFFERING PRICE       OFFERING         AMOUNT OF
        SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED            BE REGISTERED      PER UNIT (1)       PRICE (1)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
 Receivable-Backed Notes....................   $3,075,000,000         100%         $3,075,000,000   $1,060,344.83(2)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Estimated  solely  for  the  purposes of  calculating  the  registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
    
   
(2) A total of $1,034,871.59  has been previously paid  and $25,473.24 is  being
    paid herewith.
    
                                ----------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
   
    This registration statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be used
in connection with an offering in the United States (the "U.S. Prospectus"), and
one  to be used  in connection with a  concurrent international offering outside
the United States (the "International Prospectus"). The International Prospectus
is substantially the same as the U.S. Prospectus except for the front cover page
and the pages reflecting the "Underwriting" section. The pages to be used in the
International Prospectus which differ from  those in the U.S. Prospectus  follow
the U.S. Prospectus pages. Each of the pages for the International Prospectus is
labeled  "Alternate  Page  for  International  Prospectus."  Each  of  the  U.S.
Prospectus and the International  Prospectus will be  filed with the  Securities
and  Exchange Commission  pursuant to  Rule 424(b)  under the  Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
    
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS     SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1996
    
   
                          $3,055,000,000 (APPROXIMATE)
    
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
    
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
    
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
    
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
    
   
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
    
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
   
    Capita Equipment  Receivables  Trust 1996-1  (the  "Owner Trust")  has  been
formed  pursuant to a  Trust Agreement between  Antigua Funding Corporation (the
"Depositor"), which is to be an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital
Corporation ("TCC") following the  consummation of the Merger,  and The Bank  of
New  York, as Owner  Trustee (the "Owner  Trustee"). The Receivable-Backed Notes
(the "Notes") will be issued  by the Owner Trust  pursuant to an Indenture  (the
"Indenture")  between the Owner Trust and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Indenture
Trustee (the "Indenture  Trustee"). The Notes  will consist of  four classes  of
senior  notes, designated as the  Class A-1, Class A-2,  Class A-3 and Class A-4
Notes (collectively, the "Class A Notes"), and one class of subordinated  notes,
designated  as the Class B Notes. The property of the Owner Trust (collectively,
the "Trust Assets"), from the date of issuance of the Notes (the "Closing Date")
to the Transfer Date, will consist of the proceeds of the Notes, plus additional
cash, which will be  held (and invested in  certain Eligible Investments) in  an
Escrow  Account,  and will  be sufficient  to  redeem the  Notes at  the Special
Redemption  Price  on  the  Special  Redemption  Date  if  the  Merger  is   not
consummated,  and  the Contracts  and  Equipment hereinafter  described  are not
transferred to the Owner Trust, on or  before November 1, 1996. The cash in  the
Escrow  Account, together  with the  proceeds of  the Equity  Certificates to be
issued by the Owner Trust to the Depositor (which will thereafter be transferred
by the Depositor in a transaction unrelated to the issuance of the Notes),  will
be  used on the Transfer  Date (which will be the  Merger Consummation Date or a
date soon  thereafter)  to  acquire  a pool  of  equipment  leases  (the  "Lease
Contracts")  and installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and security
agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts," and, together
with the Lease Contracts, the "Contracts") and the interest of the Depositor  in
certain  equipment related to such Contracts (the "Equipment"). TCC will service
the  Contracts  pursuant  to  a  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  among  the
Depositor,  TCC, the Indenture Trustee  and the Owner Trust.  Of the Notes being
offered, $           , $           , $           , $           and $
initial  principal amount  of the  Class A-1 Notes,  Class A-2  Notes, Class A-3
Notes, Class  A-4 Notes  and  Class B  Notes,  respectively, are  being  offered
initially  in the  United States by  the U.S.  Underwriters and $              ,
$          , $           , $           and $          , respectively, are  being
offered  initially outside the United States  by the International Managers. The
Initial Public Offering Price  and Underwriting Discount  will be identical  for
both offerings.
    
 
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
   
         FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING,
                     SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 17 HEREIN.
    
                                 -------------
 
THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE OWNER TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT
      INTERESTS  IN OR  OBLIGATIONS OF  ANTIGUA FUNDING  CORPORATION, AT&T
      CAPITAL            CORPORATION  OR  ANY  OF  THEIR  RESPECTIVE
                                  AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS. ANY    REPRESENTATION TO  THE CONTRARY IS  A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    INITIAL PUBLIC                UNDERWRITING              PROCEEDS TO
                                  OFFERING PRICE (1)              DISCOUNT (2)          THE DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                            ------------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                         <C>                             <C>                       <C>
Per Class A-1 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class A-2 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class A-3 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class A-4 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class B Note..........                %                            %                         %
Total.....................                $                            $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
   
(1) Plus  accrued  interest,  if  any, at  the  applicable  Interest  Rate, from
    September   , 1996.
    
   
(2) The Depositor and  certain of its  affiliates have agreed  to indemnify  the
    U.S.  Underwriters against certain  liabilities, including liabilities under
    the Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."
    
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $          .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
   
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC                                    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
 
    The  Notes  are offered  severally by  the  U.S. Underwriters,  as specified
herein, subject to  prior sale and  subject to the  U.S. Underwriters' right  to
reject  orders in whole or in part. It  is expected that the Notes will be ready
for delivery in book-entry form through  the facilities of The Depository  Trust
Company  in New York, New  York, Cedel Bank, societe  anonyme, and the Euroclear
System against  payment therefor  in  immediately available  funds on  or  about
September   , 1996.
 
    Application  has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
   
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                    LEHMAN BROTHERS
                                       MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                                                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
    
                                  -----------
 
   
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS SEPTEMBER   , 1996
    
<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
   
    The Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of  beneficial
interest,  the Equipment Certificate and the  Equity Certificates, which are not
being offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an  undivided
interest  in,  and be  payable solely  from, the  Equipment and  certain amounts
derived from the sale or other  disposition of the Equipment upon expiration  or
termination  (including  an early  termination  or liquidation)  of  the related
Contracts and certain other amounts as described herein. Proceeds from the  sale
or  other disposition  of the  Equipment upon  expiration or  termination of the
related Contracts will not be available for payment of interest and principal on
the Notes,  except  under the  limited  circumstances described  herein.  It  is
expected  that the  Equity Certificates  will initially  represent the  right to
receive principal in an amount equal to approximately 4% of the Initial Contract
Pool Principal Balance, together  with interest thereon at  a rate of     %  per
annum.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from, and
secured by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will  consist
primarily  of the  Scheduled Payments due  under the  Contracts, certain amounts
received upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent  not
payable  on the Equipment Certificate) liquidation  of the Contracts and related
Equipment, and  investment  earnings  on amounts  deposited  in  the  Collection
Account  established pursuant  to the Indenture,  in each case  subject to prior
application to pay  the Servicing  Fee, together  with amounts  permitted to  be
withdrawn  therefor from  a Cash  Collateral Account)  in the  order of priority
described herein.
    
 
   
    THE LIKELIHOOD  OF  PAYMENT OF  INTEREST  ON EACH  CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL  BE
ENHANCED  BY  THE APPLICATION  OF  THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE,  AFTER PAYMENT  OF THE
SERVICING FEE, TO THE PAYMENT OF SUCH INTEREST PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
ON ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE  EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AS WELL AS BY THE  PREFERENTIAL
RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1) IN
THE CASE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS
B  NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  AND (2) IN THE CASE  OF THE CLASS B NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY  INTEREST ON THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE,  THE
LIKELIHOOD  OF PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL  ON EACH CLASS OF  NOTES WILL BE ENHANCED BY
THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF  NOTES OF EACH  SUCH CLASS TO  RECEIVE
SUCH  PRINCIPAL, TO THE EXTENT OF THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE AFTER PAYMENT OF INTEREST
ON THE NOTES AND THE  EQUITY CERTIFICATES AS AFORESAID, (I)  IN THE CASE OF  THE
CLASS  A NOTES, PRIOR  TO THE PAYMENT OF  ANY PRINCIPAL ON THE  CLASS B NOTES OR
(EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN)  THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AND  (II) IN THE CASE  OF
THE  CLASS  B  NOTES,  PRIOR TO  THE  PAYMENT  OF ANY  PRINCIPAL  ON  THE EQUITY
CERTIFICATES, EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."
    
 
   
    To the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor after payment  of
the  Servicing Fee, interest at  the rate per annum noted  above for each of the
Class A-1, Class A-2,  Class A-3, Class  A-4 and Class  B Notes (the  applicable
"Interest  Rate") will be paid to Holders  of each Class of Notes, and principal
will be paid on  the applicable Class of  Notes, on the 15th  day of each  month
(or,  if such day is  not a Business Day, on  the next succeeding Business Day),
commencing November 15, 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The Stated Maturity  Date
for the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4
Notes  and the Class B Notes is                ,               ,               ,
             , and               , respectively, but final payment of any  Class
of Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Stated Maturity Date of such
Class.
    
 
    The  Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein under
"Description of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase  of
Contracts."
 
    There  is  currently no  secondary  market for  the  Notes and  there  is no
assurance that one will develop. The  U.S. Underwriters expect, but will not  be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers  expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the Notes
outside the United States.  There is no assurance  that either such market  will
develop,  or if either such market does develop, that such market will continue.
See "Risk Factors."
 
   
    It is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard &  Poor's
Ratings  Services, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its  highest
rating  category, and (ii)  rate the Class B  Notes at least  "A," "A2," "A" and
"A," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN  THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE  OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT ANY
TIME.
 
   
    Upon receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an  electronic
Prospectus  from any Underwriter or a  request by such investor's representative
within the period during which there  is an obligation to deliver a  Prospectus,
such  Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered, without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    
<PAGE>
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
    All  documents filed by the Servicer, on behalf of the Owner Trust, pursuant
to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination  of the offering of the Notes  shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus. Any statement contained herein or in a  document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be  modified or superseded for purposes of  this Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein or in any  subsequently filed document which also  is
to  be incorporated by  reference herein modifies  or supersedes such statement.
Any such statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed, except as  so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The  Depositor will provide without charge to  each person to whom a copy of
this Prospectus is delivered, on the written  or oral request of such person,  a
copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except the
exhibits  to  such documents.  Requests for  such copies  should be  directed to
Antigua Funding  Corporation, 1209  Orange Street,  Wilmington, Delaware  19801,
Attention: Secretary.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The   Depositor,  as  the  originator  of  the  Owner  Trust,  has  filed  a
Registration Statement  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities   Act"),   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission  (the
"Commission") on behalf  of the Owner  Trust with respect  to the Notes  offered
pursuant  to this Prospectus. For further  information, reference is made to the
Registration Statement and amendments thereof and to the exhibits thereto, which
are available for inspection without  charge at the public reference  facilities
maintained  by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;
7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; and Northwest Atrium
Center, 500 Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of the  Registration
Statement  and amendments thereof and exhibits  thereto may be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549 at prescribed rates. The Commission  also maintains a World Wide Web
site which provides on-line access to reports, proxy and information  statements
and  other information regarding  registrants that file  electronically with the
Commission at the address "http://www.sec.gov."
 
                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
   
    Unless and  until Definitive  Notes are  issued, monthly  unaudited  reports
containing information concerning the Owner Trust, and prepared by the Servicer,
will  be sent by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Owner Trust only to Cede
& Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered  holder
of  the Notes, and to the Luxembourg Paying Agent. See "Description of the Notes
- -- Book-Entry  Registration." In  the event  Definitive Notes  are issued,  such
reports will be sent to Noteholders as of the most recent Record Date and to the
Luxembourg  Paying Agent. Such reports  will not constitute financial statements
prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  See
"Description  of the Notes -- Reports to Noteholders" for additional information
concerning periodic  reports  to  Noteholders.  Note  Owners  may  receive  such
reports,  upon  written  request  to  the  Indenture  Trustee,  together  with a
certification that they are Note Owners. Any such request should be made to  the
Indenture  Trustee at  the following address:  The Chase Manhattan  Bank, 450 W.
33rd Street (15th floor), New York,  New York 10001 (facsimile (212)  946-3240),
Attention:  Advanced Structured  Products Group.  Neither TCC  nor the Depositor
intends to send any of  its financial reports to  Note Owners. The Servicer,  on
behalf  of  the Owner  Trust,  will file  with  the Commission  periodic reports
concerning the Owner Trust to the extent required under the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. However, in accordance  with
the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, the
Depositor expects that the Owner Trust's obligation to file such reports will be
terminated at the end of 1996.
    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................................................................................          i
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.....................................................................................          i
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS....................................................................................          i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY........................................................................................          1
RISK FACTORS..............................................................................................         17
  Limited Assets of the Owner Trust.......................................................................         17
  Subordination of the Class B Notes......................................................................         17
  Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks.........................................................................         17
  Yield and Prepayment Considerations.....................................................................         19
  Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts..................................................................         20
  No Gross-Up for Withholding Tax.........................................................................         21
  Limited Liquidity.......................................................................................         21
  Book-Entry Registration.................................................................................         21
THE MERGER................................................................................................         21
THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST.........................................................................         23
  The Depositor...........................................................................................         23
  The Owner Trust.........................................................................................         23
  Capitalization of the Owner Trust.......................................................................         25
  The Owner Trustee.......................................................................................         25
AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION..................................................................................         25
THE ORIGINATORS...........................................................................................         26
  AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc......................................................................         26
  AT&T Credit Corporation and NCR Credit Corp.............................................................         27
  AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation.....................................................................         28
  Underwriting and Servicing..............................................................................         28
THE CONTRACTS.............................................................................................         32
  Description of the Contracts............................................................................         32
  Representations and Warranties Made by TCC..............................................................         35
  Certain Statistics Relating to the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool...........................................         38
  Certain Statistics Relating to Delinquencies and Defaults...............................................         42
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES..................................................................................         45
  General.................................................................................................         45
  Distributions...........................................................................................         46
  Class A Interest........................................................................................         47
  Class B Interest........................................................................................         47
  Principal...............................................................................................         47
  Special Redemption of the Notes.........................................................................         49
  Subordination of Class B Notes and Equity Certificates..................................................         49
  Cash Collateral Account.................................................................................         49
  Liquidated Contracts....................................................................................         50
  Optional Purchase of Contracts..........................................................................         51
  Trust Accounts..........................................................................................         51
  Reports to Noteholders..................................................................................         51
  Book-Entry Registration.................................................................................         52
  Definitive Notes........................................................................................         55
  Modification of Indenture Without Noteholder Consent....................................................         56
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
  Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent.......................................................         56
  Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.........................................................         57
  Certain Covenants.......................................................................................         58
  Annual Compliance Statement.............................................................................         59
  Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.......................................................................         59
  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.................................................................         59
  The Indenture Trustee...................................................................................         59
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.......................................................         60
  Transfer and Assignment of Contracts and Equipment......................................................         60
  Collections on Contracts................................................................................         60
  Servicing...............................................................................................         62
  Amendment...............................................................................................         64
  Termination of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.....................................................         64
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS....................................................................         65
  Enforcement of Security Interests in the Equipment......................................................         65
  Insolvency Matters......................................................................................         66
UNITED STATES TAXATION....................................................................................         67
  Treatment of the Notes..................................................................................         67
  Treatment of the Owner Trust............................................................................         67
  Payments of Interest....................................................................................         68
  Original Issue Discount.................................................................................         68
  Market Discount.........................................................................................         68
  Amortizable Bond Premium................................................................................         68
  Sale, Exchange or Retirement of Notes...................................................................         69
  Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders.........................................................         69
  Backup Withholding......................................................................................         70
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................................         71
RATINGS OF THE NOTES......................................................................................         72
USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................................................................         72
UNDERWRITING..............................................................................................         73
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................................................         75
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION....................................................................................         75
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS..................................................................................         76
APPENDIX A:
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES.............................................        A-1
  Initial Settlement......................................................................................        A-1
  Secondary Market Trading................................................................................        A-1
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS................................................        A-3
APPENDIX B:
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES........................................................................        B-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    The  following  summary is  qualified in  its entirety  by reference  to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain capitalized
terms used in this Prospectus Summary  are defined elsewhere in this  Prospectus
on the pages indicated in the "Index of Principal Terms."
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
ISSUER..............  A   trust,   referred  to   as  the   "Capita  Equipment
                      Receivables Trust 1996-1" (the "Owner Trust"), formed by
                      the Depositor pursuant to an Amended and Restated  Trust
                      Agreement (the "Trust Agreement"), dated as of September
                      1,  1996, between  the Depositor and  the Owner Trustee.
                      See "The  Depositor and  the Owner  Trust --  The  Owner
                      Trust."
 
DEPOSITOR...........  Antigua  Funding  Corporation  (the  "Depositor"), which
                      will be  an indirect  wholly  owned subsidiary  of  AT&T
                      Capital  Corporation ("TCC")  following the consummation
                      of the Merger. The Depositor is expected to acquire  the
                      Contracts  and the Originators' interests in the related
                      Equipment on,  or soon  after, the  Merger  Consummation
                      Date  pursuant  to a  Purchase  and Sale  Agreement (the
                      "Purchase Agreement"), dated  as of  September 1,  1996,
                      among  the Depositor, TCC and  the Originators, and will
                      thereupon transfer the Contracts  and such interests  in
                      the  related Equipment (the date  of such transfer being
                      herein referred to as the "Transfer Date") to the  Owner
                      Trust  pursuant  to a  Transfer and  Servicing Agreement
                      (the "Transfer and  Servicing Agreement"),  dated as  of
                      September   1,  1996,  among   the  Depositor,  TCC,  as
                      Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trust. See
                      "The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Depositor."
 
SERVICER............  TCC  will,  pursuant  to  the  Transfer  and   Servicing
                      Agreement,  act as  Servicer of  the Contracts following
                      their transfer to the  Owner Trust. See "Description  of
                      the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing." TCC
                      is a  full-service,  diversified equipment  leasing  and
                      finance  company that operates principally in the United
                      States. See "AT&T Capital Corporation."
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE...  The Chase  Manhattan Bank,  in its  capacity as  trustee
                      under  an  Indenture  (the  "Indenture"),  dated  as  of
                      September 1,  1996,  between  the Owner  Trust  and  the
                      Indenture Trustee.
 
OWNER TRUSTEE.......  The  Bank of New York, in  its capacity as trustee under
                      the Trust Agreement.
 
THE NOTES...........  Pursuant to the  Indenture, the Owner  Trust will  issue
                      five  classes of notes (the "Notes"), consisting of four
                      classes  of  senior  notes,  designated  as  the       %
                      Receivable-Backed  Notes,  Class  A-1,  in  the original
                      principal amount of $          (the "Class A-1  Notes"),
                      the     %  Receivable-Backed  Notes, Class  A-2,  in the
                      original principal amount of  $         (the "Class  A-2
                      Notes"),  the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-3, in
                      the original principal amount of $       (the "Class A-3
                      Notes"), and the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-4,
                      in the original principal amount of
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      $        (the "Class A-4 Notes," and, together with  the
                      Class  A-1, Class A-2 and Class  A-3 Notes, the "Class A
                      Notes"), and one class of subordinated notes, designated
                      as the     % Receivable-Backed  Notes, Class  B, in  the
                      original  principal amount  of $           (the "Class B
                      Notes"). See "Description of the Notes." The Owner Trust
                      will  also  issue  the   Equity  Certificates  and   the
                      Equipment Certificate (collectively, the "Certificates")
                      to the Depositor. The Certificates are not being offered
                      hereby.   See   "Equity  Certificates"   and  "Equipment
                      Certificate" below.
 
INTEREST............  Interest on  the outstanding  principal balance  of  the
                      Notes of each Class will accrue at the interest rate for
                      such   Class  specified  on  the   cover  page  of  this
                      Prospectus (the "Interest Rate" for such Class) from and
                      including the Closing Date to but excluding November 15,
                      1996 (in the  case of  the first  interest period),  and
                      thereafter  for  each successive  Payment Date  from and
                      including the most  recent prior Payment  Date to  which
                      interest  has been  paid, to but  excluding such Payment
                      Date, in each case calculated on the basis of a  360-day
                      year  comprised of  twelve 30-day months.  To the extent
                      the  Amount  Available  is  sufficient  therefor   after
                      payment  of the Servicing Fee, the amount of interest to
                      be paid on the Notes on each Payment Date will equal one
                      month's interest (or, in the case of the first  interest
                      period,  interest accrued from and including the Closing
                      Date to but excluding November  15, 1996). In the  event
                      that,  on a given Payment  Date, the Amount Available is
                      not sufficient to make a full payment of interest to the
                      Holders of Class A Notes,  the amount of interest to  be
                      paid  on the Class A Notes  will be allocated among each
                      Class thereof (and  within a  Class among  the Notes  of
                      such Class) pro rata in accordance with their respective
                      entitlements   to  interest,  and  the  amount  of  such
                      shortfall will  be carried  forward and,  together  with
                      interest  thereon at the applicable Interest Rate, added
                      to the amount of interest such Holders will be  entitled
                      to  receive on the next Payment Date. In the event that,
                      on a  given Payment  Date, the  Amount Available,  after
                      payment  of  interest  on  the  Class  A  Notes,  is not
                      sufficient to make  a full  payment of  interest to  the
                      Holders  of Class B Notes, the  amount of interest to be
                      paid on the Class  B Notes will  be allocated among  the
                      Notes  of such Class  pro rata in  accordance with their
                      respective entitlements to interest,  and the amount  of
                      such  shortfall  will be  carried forward  and, together
                      with interest  thereon at  the  Class B  Interest  Rate,
                      added  to the  amount of  interest such  Holders will be
                      entitled to  receive  on  the  next  Payment  Date.  See
                      "Description of the Notes."
 
PRINCIPAL...........  To   the  extent  the  Amount  Available  is  sufficient
                      therefor after payment of interest on the Notes and  the
                      Equity  Certificates, the aggregate  amount of principal
                      to be paid on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates  on
                      each  Payment  Date  will  equal  the  Monthly Principal
                      Amount. Principal payable on the  Notes will be paid  in
                      respect  of  principal on  the Class  A-1 Notes  on each
                      Payment Date until the  Class A-1 Principal Balance  has
                      been
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      reduced  to zero,  then in  respect of  principal on the
                      Class A-2 Notes  until the Class  A-2 Principal  Balance
                      has  been reduced to zero,  then in respect of principal
                      on the Class  A-3 Notes  until the  Class A-3  Principal
                      Balance  has been  reduced to  zero, then  in respect of
                      principal on the  Class A-4  Notes until  the Class  A-4
                      Principal  Balance has been reduced to zero, and then in
                      respect of  principal on  the Class  B Notes  until  the
                      Class  B  Principal Balance  has  been reduced  to zero.
                      Commencing on the first Payment Date,  however,    %  of
                      the  Monthly Principal Amount for each Payment Date will
                      be payable on the Equity Certificates, on a parity  with
                      payment  of principal on the  Notes, until the aggregate
                      amount so paid equals $       . See "Description of  the
                      Notes -- Principal."
 
                      The "Monthly Principal Amount" for any Payment Date will
                      equal  the  excess,  if  any,  of  (i)  the  sum  of the
                      principal  balances  of   the  Notes   and  the   Equity
                      Certificates  as of such  Payment Date (determined prior
                      to the payment  of any principal  in respect thereof  on
                      such  Payment  Date),  over (ii)  the  aggregate  of the
                      Contract  Principal  Balances  of  the  Contracts   (the
                      "Contract Pool Principal Balance") as of the last day of
                      the Collection Period relating to such Payment Date.
 
                      The  "Contract Principal Balance" of  any Contract as of
                      the last day of any Collection Period is:
 
                          (1) in the  case of  a Lease  Contract, the  present
                        value  of the  unpaid Scheduled  Payments due  on such
                        Lease Contract after such  last day of the  Collection
                        Period  (excluding  all Scheduled  Payments due  on or
                        prior to, but not  received as of,  such last day,  as
                        well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last day
                        and  received on or prior thereto), discounted monthly
                        at the rate of 8.5% per annum (assuming, for  purposes
                        of  such calculation,  that each  Scheduled Payment is
                        due on  the  last  day of  the  applicable  Collection
                        Period); and
 
                          (2)  in the case  of a Loan  Contract, the lesser of
                        (a) the  outstanding principal  balance of  such  Loan
                        Contract after giving effect to Scheduled Payments due
                        on or prior to such last day of the Collection Period,
                        whether  or not received, as  well as any Prepayments,
                        and any Scheduled  Payments due after  such last  day,
                        received  on or  prior to such  last day,  and (b) the
                        present value of the unpaid Scheduled Payments due  on
                        such   Loan  Contract  after  such  last  day  of  the
                        Collection Period  (excluding all  Scheduled  Payments
                        due  on or prior to, but not received as of, such last
                        day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after  such
                        last  day  and  received  prior  thereto),  discounted
                        monthly at the rate of  8.5% per annum (assuming,  for
                        purposes  of  such  calculation,  that  each Scheduled
                        Payment is  due  on the  last  day of  the  applicable
                        Collection Period).
 
                      The  Contract  Principal Balance  of any  Contract which
                      became a Liquidated Contract  during a given  Collection
                      Period or which
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      TCC  was obligated to purchase as  of the end of a given
                      Collection Period due to a breach of representations and
                      warranties, will, for purposes of computing the  Monthly
                      Principal  Amount and the Requisite  Amount for the Cash
                      Collateral Account, be  deemed to be  zero on and  after
                      the last day of such Collection Period.
 
                      A  "Liquidated Contract"  is any Contract  (a) which the
                      Servicer has charged off as uncollectible in  accordance
                      with  its credit and  collection policies and procedures
                      (which shall be no later than  the date as of which  the
                      Servicer  has  repossessed and  disposed of  the related
                      Equipment, or otherwise collected all proceeds which, in
                      the Servicer's  reasonable  judgment, can  be  collected
                      under  such Contract), or (b) as to which 10% or more of
                      a Scheduled Payment is delinquent 180 days or more.  See
                      "Description of the Notes -- Principal."
 
                      The "Collection Period" for any Payment Date will be the
                      calendar month preceding the month in which such Payment
                      Date  occurs; provided  that, with respect  to the first
                      Payment Date, the related Collection Period shall be the
                      period from the Cut-Off Date through October 31, 1996.
 
                      The "Initial  Contract  Pool Principal  Balance"  is  an
                      amount  equal to  $3,182,091,856 (which  amount is based
                      upon the Contract Pool  Principal Balance determined  as
                      of  the  Cut-Off  Date, but  discounting  the applicable
                      Scheduled Payments with  respect to  Lease Contracts  to
                      September  15, 1996, and including  an amount in respect
                      of Scheduled Payments on the Contracts due prior to, but
                      not received as of, the Cut-Off-Date). The aggregate  of
                      the  initial  principal balances  of  the Notes  and the
                      Equity Certificates will  be equal to  or less than  the
                      Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance.
 
STATED MATURITY
 DATES..............  If   and  to   the  extent  not   previously  paid,  the
                      outstanding principal  balance of  each Class  of  Notes
                      will  be  payable on  the Stated  Maturity Date  of such
                      Class. The  Class  A-1  Stated  Maturity  Date  will  be
                                  ,                    ; the  Class A-2 Stated
                      Maturity Date will be              ,              ;  the
                      Class  A-3 Stated Maturity Date will be            ,   ;
                      the Class A-4 Stated Maturity Date  will be            ,
                        ;  and  the  Class  B  Stated  Maturity  Date  will be
                                  ,             .
 
DENOMINATIONS.......  The  Notes   will   be   available   for   purchase   in
                      denominations of $10,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
CLOSING DATE........  On or about September   , 1996.
 
CUT-OFF DATE........  September 1, 1996.
 
PAYMENT DATES AND
 RECORD DATES.......  Interest  and principal on the Notes will be paid on the
                      15th day of each  month (or, if such  15th day is not  a
                      Business   Day,  the  next   succeeding  Business  Day),
                      commencing in November 1996, to Holders of record on the
                      Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date (so
                      long as the Notes are held in
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      book-entry form), or  to Holders of  record on the  last
                      day of the preceding calendar month (if Definitive Notes
                      have been issued).
 
SUBORDINATION.......  The  likelihood of payment of  interest on each Class of
                      Notes will be enhanced by the application of the  Amount
                      Available,  after payment  of the Servicing  Fee, to the
                      payment  of  such  interest  prior  to  the  payment  of
                      principal   on   any  of   the   Notes  or   the  Equity
                      Certificates, as well  as by the  preferential right  of
                      the  Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive such
                      interest (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior  to
                      the  payment of any interest on the Class B Notes or the
                      Equity Certificates, and (2) in the case of the Class  B
                      Notes,  prior  to the  payment  of any  interest  on the
                      Equity Certificates. Likewise, the likelihood of payment
                      of principal on each Class of Notes will be enhanced  by
                      the  preferential right of the  Holders of Notes of each
                      such Class to receive such  principal, to the extent  of
                      the  Amount Available  after payment of  interest on the
                      Notes and the Equity  Certificates as aforesaid, (i)  in
                      the  case of the Class A  Notes, prior to the payment of
                      any principal  on  the  Class  B  Notes  or  (except  as
                      described  herein) the Equity  Certificates, and (ii) in
                      the case of the Class B  Notes, prior to the payment  of
                      any  principal  on  the Equity  Certificates,  except as
                      described herein. See "Description of the Notes."
 
RATINGS.............  It is a condition of issuance of the Notes that each  of
                      Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard &
                      Poor's  Ratings   Services  ("S&P"),   Fitch   Investors
                      Service,  L.P.  ("Fitch")  and  Duff  and  Phelps Credit
                      Rating Co. ("Duff & Phelps" and, together with  Moody's,
                      S&P and Fitch, the "Rating Agencies") (i) rate the Class
                      A  Notes in its  highest rating category,  and (ii) rate
                      the Class  B Notes  at  least "A2,"  "A," "A"  and  "A,"
                      respectively.  The  rating of  each Class  addresses the
                      likelihood of the timely receipt of interest and payment
                      of principal on  such Class  of Notes on  or before  the
                      Stated  Maturity Date for such Class, as well as receipt
                      of  the  Special   Redemption  Price   on  the   Special
                      Redemption  Date,  if  applicable.  A  rating  is  not a
                      recommendation to buy, sell  or hold securities and  may
                      be  subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
                      assigning Rating Agency. The ratings of the Notes do not
                      address the likelihood  of payment of  principal on  any
                      Class  of  Notes  prior  to  the  Stated  Maturity  Date
                      thereof, or the possibility of the imposition of  United
                      States withholding tax with respect to non-United States
                      Persons. See "Ratings of the Notes."
 
USE OF PROCEEDS.....  If  the Merger is consummated on or prior to November 1,
                      1996, the proceeds  from the  offering and  sale of  the
                      Notes,   together  with  the  proceeds  derived  by  the
                      Depositor   from   its   disposition   of   the   Equity
                      Certificates,  after  funding  a  portion  of  the  Cash
                      Collateral  Account  and  paying  the  expenses  of  the
                      Depositor,  will  be  paid  to  the  Originators  by the
                      Depositor  in  connection  with  the  transfer  of   the
                      Contracts   and  the   Originators'  interests   in  the
                      Equipment. See "The Merger."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
THE MERGER..........  It is  expected that  TCC will  be merged  with  Antigua
                      Acquisition  Corporation, a  wholly owned  subsidiary of
                      Hercules  Limited,  on  the  Merger  Consummation  Date.
                      Following  the Merger, the Depositor (which currently is
                      a  wholly  owned   subsidiary  of  Antigua   Acquisition
                      Corporation)   will  become  an  indirect  wholly  owned
                      subsidiary of TCC (which  will be the surviving  company
                      in the Merger).
 
                      On   the  Transfer  Date  (which   will  be  the  Merger
                      Consummation  Date  or  a  date  soon  thereafter),  the
                      Depositor  will transfer the  Contracts, its interest in
                      the Equipment and  the other Trust  Assets to the  Owner
                      Trust,  and the  proceeds of  the Escrow  Account (which
                      will include the proceeds of the sale of the Notes) will
                      be released to, or upon the order of, the Depositor. See
                      "Use of Proceeds" above.  Consummation of the Merger  is
                      subject   to  certain  regulatory  approvals  and  other
                      preconditions. See "The Merger."
 
MERGER CONSUMMATION
 DATE...............  The date on which  the Merger is consummated,  currently
                      anticipated to be October 1, 1996.
 
SPECIAL
 REDEMPTION.........  If  the Merger  is not  consummated, and  the Contracts,
                      Equipment and other Trust Assets are not transferred  to
                      the Owner Trust, on or prior to November 1, 1996, all of
                      the  Notes will be redeemed and paid in full on November
                      4, 1996, or on  such earlier date  as the Depositor  may
                      elect  upon giving the  Indenture Trustee written notice
                      thereof at least five Business  Days prior to such  date
                      (the  "Special Redemption Date"),  at a redemption price
                      (the "Special Redemption Price")  which is equal to  (i)
                      in  respect of any Class  of Notes, the initial offering
                      price of such Class of Notes as shown on the cover  page
                      of  this Prospectus, plus (ii) interest on such offering
                      price, from  (and including)  the Closing  Date to  (but
                      excluding)  such Special Redemption Date, at the rate of
                      10% per annum (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
                      comprised  of   twelve  30-day   months).  The   Special
                      Redemption  Price in respect  of the Notes  will be paid
                      from the amounts  on deposit  in the  Escrow Account  as
                      described under "Trust Assets" below, which amounts will
                      be  sufficient (without  regard to  any proceeds  of the
                      investment thereof) to  so pay  such Special  Redemption
                      Price on the Special Redemption Date. A public notice of
                      the  Special  Redemption, if  any,  will be  provided by
                      publication in Luxembourg. See "Description of the Notes
                      -- Special Redemption of the Notes."
 
TRUST ASSETS........  From the Closing Date until the Transfer Date, the Trust
                      Assets will consist solely of the proceeds of the Notes,
                      plus additional cash, which  will be deposited and  held
                      (and  invested  in certain  Eligible Investments  at the
                      direction  of  the  Depositor)  in  the  Escrow  Account
                      maintained  by  the  Indenture Trustee  pursuant  to the
                      Indenture until (i) applied by the Indenture Trustee  to
                      the  special redemption of the  Notes as described under
                      "Special Redemption"  above, or  (ii) paid  over to  the
                      Depositor and used
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      as   described  under  "Use   of  Proceeds"  above.  See
                      "Description of the Notes  -- Special Redemption of  the
                      Notes."
 
                      The Trust Assets, from and after the Transfer Date, will
                      consist of:
 
                          (i)  a pool  of equipment  lease contracts  (each, a
                        "Lease  Contract")  and  installment  sale  contracts,
                        promissory  notes,  loan and  security  agreements and
                        other similar  types  of receivables  (each,  a  "Loan
                        Contract")   (all  such   Lease  Contracts   and  Loan
                        Contracts being referred to herein as the "Contracts")
                        with various  lessees,  borrowers  or  other  obligors
                        thereunder  (each, an "Obligor"),  including the right
                        to receive  all  Scheduled  Payments  and  Prepayments
                        received  thereon  from  and  after  the  Cut-Off Date
                        (including all Scheduled  Payments due  prior to,  but
                        not  received as  of, the Cut-Off  Date, but excluding
                        any Scheduled Payments due  on or after, but  received
                        prior to, the Cut-Off Date);
 
                          (ii)  the interest of the Depositor in the equipment
                        subject to  such  Contracts (the  "Equipment"),  which
                        interest is either an ownership interest or a security
                        interest;
 
                          (iii)   amounts   on   deposit   in   (and  Eligible
                        Investments allocated to) certain accounts established
                        pursuant  to  the  Indenture  and  the  Transfer   and
                        Servicing Agreement, including the Collection Account;
                        and
 
                          (iv)  certain  other property  and assets  as herein
                        described.
 
                      A portion of the Trust Assets will secure payment of the
                      Notes. See "Source  of Payment and  Security" below  and
                      "The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust."
 
SOURCE OF PAYMENT
 AND SECURITY.......  Principal  of and interest  on the Notes  and the Equity
                      Certificates will be  paid on each  Payment Date,  after
                      payment  of the Servicing Fee,  solely from, and secured
                      by, the "Amount Available" for such Payment Date,  which
                      is  equal to  the sum of  (a) those  Pledged Revenues on
                      deposit  in  the  Collection  Account  as  of  the  last
                      Business  Day preceding  the related  Determination Date
                      (the "Deposit  Date") (i)  which  were received  by  the
                      Servicer  during the related  Collection Period or which
                      represent amounts  paid  by  TCC  or  the  Depositor  to
                      purchase  Contracts and related Equipment  as of the end
                      of such  Collection Period  ("Related Collection  Period
                      Pledged  Revenues"), or (ii) to  the extent necessary to
                      pay interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on
                      such Payment Date, which  were received by the  Servicer
                      during   the   current   Collection   Period   ("Current
                      Collection Period Pledged  Revenues"), plus (b)  amounts
                      permitted   to  be  withdrawn  therefor  from  the  Cash
                      Collateral Account, as described under "Cash  Collateral
                      Account" below.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      "Pledged Revenues" will consist of:
 
                          (i)  "Scheduled  Payments" on  the  Contracts (which
                        will consist of all payments under the Contracts other
                        than those portions of such payments which, under  the
                        Contracts,  are to be  (A) applied by  the Servicer to
                        the payment of  insurance charges, maintenance,  taxes
                        and  other similar obligations, or (B) retained by the
                        Servicer in payment  of Administrative Fees)  received
                        on  or after the Cut-Off Date  and due during the term
                        of the Contracts, without giving effect to end-of-term
                        extensions  or   renewals   thereof   (including   all
                        Scheduled  Payments due prior to,  but not received as
                        of, the  Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding  any  Scheduled
                        Payments  due on or after,  but received prior to, the
                        Cut-Off Date);
 
                          (ii)  any   voluntary  prepayments   ("Prepayments")
                        received  on  or  after  the  Cut-Off  Date  under the
                        Contracts, provided that the amount, if any, by  which
                        any such Prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount
                        of  the related  Contract will  not constitute Pledged
                        Revenues  but  will  be  allocated  to  the  Equipment
                        Certificate;
 
                          (iii)  any amounts paid by TCC to purchase Contracts
                        and  the  related  Equipment   due  to  a  breach   of
                        representations and warranties with respect thereto as
                        described   under   "Mandatory  Purchase   of  Certain
                        Contracts" below or by  the Depositor to purchase  the
                        Contracts and the related Equipment as described under
                        "Optional  Purchase of Contracts"  below, in each case
                        excluding those  portions  thereof  allocable  to  the
                        Equipment Certificate;
 
                          (iv)  certain  of  the  proceeds  derived  from  the
                        liquidation  of   the   Contracts  and   the   related
                        Equipment,  as described  under "Liquidated Contracts"
                        below; and
 
                          (v)  any  earnings  on  the  investment  of  amounts
                        credited to the Collection Account.
 
ORIGINATORS.........  The  Contracts that are  expected to be  included in the
                      Trust Assets on  and after the  Transfer Date have  been
                      originated  or, in  some cases, acquired  by four wholly
                      owned  subsidiaries   of  TCC:   AT&T  Capital   Leasing
                      Services,   Inc.   ("Leasing  Services"),   AT&T  Credit
                      Corporation ("Credit  Corp."),  NCR Credit  Corp.  ("NCR
                      Credit"),  and the Portland  division of AT&T Commercial
                      Finance Corporation (such division is referred to herein
                      as "CFC") (collectively,  the "Originators"). See  "AT&T
                      Capital Corporation" and "The Originators."
 
THE CONTRACTS.......  The aggregate of the Contracts and the related Equipment
                      expected  to be held  by the Owner Trust  as part of the
                      Trust Assets, as of any particular date, is referred  to
                      as the "Contract Pool," and the Contract Pool, as of the
                      Cut-Off  Date,  is  referred  to  as  the  "Cut-Off Date
                      Contract  Pool."  The  Depositor  has  prepared  certain
                      statistics  relating  to  the  pool  of  Contracts which
                      constitute the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      As of  the  Cut-Off  Date, the  Contract  Pool  had  the
                      following   characteristics  (unless   otherwise  noted,
                      percentages  are  by  Initial  Contract  Pool  Principal
                      Balance):
 
                        (i)  the  Initial Contract  Pool Principal  Balance is
                        $3,182,091,856;
 
                        (ii) there were 281,895 Contracts;
 
                        (iii)  the  average  Contract  Principal  Balance  was
                        approximately $11,288;
 
                        (iv)  of such Contracts, approximately 79.8% were true
                        leases (defined for this  purpose as a Contract  under
                        which  the Obligor has a right to purchase the related
                        Equipment only upon payment  of the fair market  value
                        thereof)  and approximately 20.2%  were other types of
                        Contracts (as described under "The Contracts");
 
                        (v) approximately 39.8% of  such Contracts related  to
                        telecommunications  equipment; approximately  23.0% of
                        such   Contracts   related   to   manufacturing    and
                        construction  equipment;  and  approximately  18.8% of
                        such Contracts related to computers and  point-of-sale
                        equipment;
 
                        (vi)  the  Obligors  on  approximately  13.1%  of  the
                        Contracts were  located in  California;  approximately
                        10.6%  were located in  New Jersey; approximately 9.7%
                        were located  in  New York;  approximately  6.7%  were
                        located in Florida; approximately 5.8% were located in
                        Texas;  and no other state  represented more than 5.0%
                        of the Contracts;
 
                        (vii) approximately 90.6%  of the  Contracts had  been
                        originated by the Originators, with the remaining 9.4%
                        of  the  Contracts  having  been  originated  by third
                        parties and purchased by an Originator;
 
                        (viii) the remaining term of  the Contracts as of  the
                        Cut-Off Date ranged from 1 month to 96 months; and
 
                        (ix)  the  weighted  average  remaining  term  of  the
                        Contracts  was  approximately  38.5  months  and   the
                        weighted    average   age   of   the   Contracts   was
                        approximately 17.5 months. See "The
                        Contracts  --  Certain  Statistics  Relating  to   the
                        Contract Pool."
 
                      TCC  will  make certain  representations  and warranties
                      regarding  each  Contract,  and  will  be  obligated  to
                      purchase  any Contract in  the event of  a breach of any
                      such representation  or  warranty  that  materially  and
                      adversely  affects  the  value  of  such  Contract.  See
                      "Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts" below.
 
CONTRACT
 PREPAYMENTS........  TCC will represent  and warrant that  none of the  Lease
                      Contracts  permit the  Obligor thereunder  to prepay the
                      amounts due  under  such  Lease  Contract  or  otherwise
                      terminate  the  Lease  Contract prior  to  its scheduled
                      expiration
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      date (except for a DE MINIMIS number of Lease  Contracts
                      which  allow for a prepayment  or early termination upon
                      payment of an amount which is not less than the Required
                      Payoff  Amount).  Under   the  Transfer  and   Servicing
                      Agreement,  the  Servicer  will  be  permitted  to allow
                      Prepayments of any  of the Lease  Contracts only if  the
                      amount  paid by or on behalf  of the Obligor (or, in the
                      case of a partial Prepayment, the sum of such amount and
                      the remaining Contract  Principal Balance  of the  Lease
                      Contract  after application of such  amount) is at least
                      equal to  the  Required  Payoff Amount  for  such  Lease
                      Contract.
 
                      Most  Loan  Contracts permit  the Obligor  thereunder to
                      prepay the Loan Contract,  in whole or  in part, at  any
                      time at par plus accrued interest. Approximately 3.9% of
                      the   Contracts  (by  Initial  Contract  Pool  Principal
                      Balance) were Loan Contracts.
 
                      The  "Required  Payoff  Amount,"  with  respect  to  any
                      Collection  Period for any Contract, is equal to the sum
                      of:
 
                          (i) the  Scheduled Payment  due in  such  Collection
                        Period,  together with  any Scheduled  Payments due in
                        prior Collection Periods and not yet received, plus
 
                          (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such Contract
                        as of the  last day of  such Collection Period  (after
                        taking  into account the Scheduled Payment due in such
                        Collection Period).
 
                      In no event will Pledged Revenues include (nor will  the
                      Notes  or the  Equity Certificates  otherwise be payable
                      from) any portion  of a Prepayment  on a Contract  which
                      exceeds the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract.
 
LIQUIDATED
 CONTRACTS..........  Liquidation   Proceeds  received  with  respect  to  the
                      liquidation of  a  Contract and  the  related  Equipment
                      (which  will  be  reduced by  any  related out-of-pocket
                      liquidation expenses) will be allocated as follows:
 
                          (i) with  respect to  any  Loan Contract,  all  such
                        Liquidation  Proceeds will  be allocated  to the Notes
                        and the Equity Certificates; and
 
                          (ii)  with  respect  to  any  Lease  Contract,  such
                        Liquidation  Proceeds will be allocated  on a pro rata
                        basis between the  Equipment Certificate,  on the  one
                        hand,  and the  Notes and the  Equity Certificates, on
                        the other, based respectively on (a) the "Book  Value"
                        of  the  Equipment (which  is an  amount equal  to the
                        value of  the Equipment  as  shown on  the  accounting
                        books and records of TCC or the applicable Originator,
                        as appropriate) and (b) the Required Payoff Amount for
                        such  Lease Contract; provided that,  in the event the
                        Liquidation Proceeds in respect of any Lease  Contract
                        exceed  the sum of the Required Payoff Amount for such
                        Contract and the Book Value of the related  Equipment,
                        any  such  excess  shall be  allocated  solely  to the
                        Equipment Certificate.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      All Liquidation Proceeds which  are so allocable to  the
                      Notes  and the Equity Certificates  will be deposited in
                      the Collection Account  and constitute Pledged  Revenues
                      to  be applied to the  payment of interest and principal
                      on the Notes and  the Equity Certificates in  accordance
                      with   the  priorities  described   under  "Priority  of
                      Payments" below.
 
SERVICING...........  The  Servicer   will   be  responsible   for   managing,
                      administering,  servicing and making  collections on the
                      Contracts. Compensation to the  Servicer will include  a
                      monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
                      to  the  Servicer  from  the  Amount  Available  on each
                      Payment Date,  in  an amount  equal  to the  product  of
                      one-twelfth of    % per annum multiplied by the Contract
                      Pool  Principal Balance determined as of the last day of
                      the second preceding Collection Period (or, in the  case
                      of  the  Servicing Fee  with  respect to  the Collection
                      Period commencing on the  Cut-Off Date, an amount  equal
                      to  $             ),  plus any  late fees,  late payment
                      interest, documentation  fees, insurance  administration
                      charges  and other administrative  charges and a portion
                      of any extension fees (collectively, the "Administrative
                      Fees") collected with  respect to  the Contracts  during
                      the   related  Collection  Period   and  any  investment
                      earnings on collections prior to deposit thereof in  the
                      Collection  Account. The  Servicer may  be terminated as
                      Servicer under certain circumstances,  in which event  a
                      successor  Servicer  would be  appointed to  service the
                      Contracts.   See   "AT&T   Capital   Corporation"    and
                      "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement --
                      Servicing -- Events of Termination."
 
MANDATORY PURCHASE
 OF CERTAIN
 CONTRACTS..........  TCC will  make  certain representations  and  warranties
                      with respect to each Contract and the related Equipment,
                      as   more   fully   described  in   "The   Contracts  --
                      Representations  and  Warranties   Made  by  TCC."   The
                      Indenture  Trustee will  be entitled  to require  TCC to
                      purchase any Contract  and the related  Equipment, at  a
                      price equal to (i) the Required Payoff Amount, plus (ii)
                      the  Book  Value of  the  related Equipment  (which Book
                      Value  amount  will  be   allocated  to  the   Equipment
                      Certificate), if the value of the Contract is materially
                      and   adversely  affected  by  a   breach  of  any  such
                      representation or warranty which  is not cured within  a
                      specified period.
 
EQUITY
 CERTIFICATES.......  The  Owner  Trust  will issue  the  Equity Certificates,
                      representing a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in  the
                      Owner  Trust, to the  Depositor. The Equity Certificates
                      will be  transferred  by  the Depositor  in  a  separate
                      transaction  unrelated to the issuance of the Notes. The
                      Equity  Certificates  will   be  payable  from   Pledged
                      Revenues  in the  priority described  under "Priority of
                      Payments"  below.  It  is   expected  that  the   Equity
                      Certificates  initially  will  represent  the  right  to
                      receive principal in an amount equal to approximately 4%
                      of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, together
                      with interest thereon  at an interest  rate of    %  per
                      annum.  Commencing  on  the first  Payment  Date,      %
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      of the Monthly Principal Amount  will be payable on  the
                      Equity  Certificates  on  each  Payment  Date  until the
                      aggregate amount so paid equals $       (which is 1%  of
                      the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
 
EQUIPMENT
 CERTIFICATE........  The  Owner Trust  will issue  the Equipment Certificate,
                      representing a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in  the
                      Owner Trust, to the Depositor. The Equipment Certificate
                      will  be retained by the Depositor and will represent an
                      undivided interest in:
 
                      (i) all related Equipment  or the proceeds thereof  upon
                      the   expiration  of  the  initial  term  of  any  Lease
                        Contracts;
 
                      (ii) a portion of  certain Prepayments (as described  in
                      clause  (ii) of  the definition  of "Pledged Revenues"),
                        which portion is anticipated to represent the value of
                        the related Equipment;
 
                      (iii) a portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived from
                      the liquidation of  any Lease Contract  and the  related
                        Equipment  (as described  under "Liquidated Contracts"
                        above); and
 
                      (iv) that portion of the purchase price allocable to the
                        Equipment Certificate (a) paid by TCC to purchase  any
                        Lease  Contract  and the  related  Equipment due  to a
                        breach of any of TCC's representations and  warranties
                        with  respect thereto  (as described  under "Mandatory
                        Purchase of Certain Contracts" above), or (b) paid  by
                        the Depositor pursuant to its option to repurchase all
                        of the outstanding Contracts and the related Equipment
                        (as  described under "Optional  Purchase of Contracts"
                        below).
 
                      Amounts payable in respect of the Equipment  Certificate
                      are  not available to pay, and will not provide security
                      for the payment of, interest  or principal on the  Notes
                      or the Equity Certificates.
 
SERVICING AND
 COLLECTION
 ACCOUNTS...........  The  Indenture  Trustee  will establish  and  maintain a
                      Servicing Account, into which the Servicer will deposit,
                      no later  than the  second  Business Day  after  receipt
                      thereof,    all    Scheduled    Payments,   Prepayments,
                      Liquidation Proceeds and other  amounts received by  the
                      Servicer  in respect of the  Contracts after the Cut-Off
                      Date. The  Indenture  Trustee will  also  establish  and
                      maintain   the  Collection  Account,  into  which  those
                      amounts  deposited   in   the  Servicing   Account   and
                      constituting Pledged Revenues will be transferred within
                      three Business Days following the deposit thereof in the
                      Servicing Account. The Servicer will be permitted to use
                      any  alternative remittance schedule which is acceptable
                      to the Rating  Agencies if the  effect thereof will  not
                      result  in a  qualification, reduction  or withdrawal of
                      any of the  ratings then  applicable to  the Notes.  See
                      "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement --
                      Collections on Contracts."
 
CASH COLLATERAL
 ACCOUNT............  A "Cash Collateral  Account" will be  established on  or
                      prior  to  the  Transfer  Date  and  will  thereafter be
                      available to the Indenture Trustee. The Cash  Collateral
                      Account will initially be
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      funded  in  an amount  equal  to      %  of  the Initial
                      Contract Pool Principal Balance (approximately $      ).
                      Amounts on  deposit  from  time  to  time  in  the  Cash
                      Collateral  Account (up  to, but  not in  excess of, the
                      Requisite Amount (as defined  under "Description of  the
                      Notes  -- Cash  Collateral Account"),  and not including
                      any investment earnings on such funds) shall be used  to
                      fund  the amounts specified below in the following order
                      of priority (to  the extent that  amounts on deposit  in
                      the  Collection  Account  as  of  any  Deposit  Date are
                      insufficient  therefor  and   provided  that  any   such
                      insufficiency has resulted, directly or indirectly, from
                      delinquencies or defaults, or both, on the Contracts):
 
                      (i)  to  pay  interest  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
                      Certificates in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (c) interest on the  Equity Certificates (including  any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
 
                      (ii)  to pay  any Principal Deficiency  Amount (equal to
                      the lesser of:
 
                      (a) the aggregate  Liquidation Losses  on all  Contracts
                          that  became Liquidated Contracts during the related
                          Collection Period, or
 
                      (b) the excess, if any,  of (A) the aggregate  principal
                          balance  of  the Notes  and the  Equity Certificates
                          (after giving effect to  all other distributions  of
                          principal  on  such  Payment  Date),  over  (B)  the
                          aggregate of  the Required  Payoff Amounts  for  all
                          Contracts   as  of  the  last  day  of  the  related
                          Collection Period); and
 
                      (iii)  to  pay  principal   on  the  Notes  and   Equity
                      Certificates  at  the  applicable  Stated  Maturity Date
                        thereof.
 
                      If and to the extent that  the amount on deposit in  the
                      Cash  Collateral Account as of  any Payment Date is less
                      than the  Requisite Amount,  such  deficiency is  to  be
                      restored  from  the  remaining  Amount  Available, after
                      payment of the Servicing Fee and interest and  principal
                      on  the Notes and the  Equity Certificates, as described
                      under  "Priority  of  Payments"  below.  Any  amount  on
                      deposit  in the Cash Collateral Account in excess of the
                      Requisite Amount, and all  investment earnings on  funds
                      in  the Cash  Collateral Account, will  be released from
                      the Cash  Collateral Account  and paid  to or  upon  the
                      order  of the  Depositor, and  will not  be available to
                      make payments on the  Notes or the Equity  Certificates.
                      See   "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Cash  Collateral
                      Account."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
PRIORITY OF
 PAYMENTS...........  On each  Payment Date,  the  Indenture Trustee  will  be
                      required to make the following payments, first, from the
                      Related  Collection Period Pledged  Revenues, second, to
                      the  extent  the   Related  Collection  Period   Pledged
                      Revenues  are insufficient to pay  interest on the Notes
                      and the Equity  Certificates on such  Payment Date,  the
                      amount  necessary  to cure  such insufficiency  from the
                      Current Collection  Period Pledged  Revenues, and  third
                      (but  only as  to amounts  described in  clause (ii) and
                      certain amounts included in clause (iii)), from  amounts
                      permitted  to  be  withdrawn  from  the  Cash Collateral
                      Account as  described  under "Cash  Collateral  Account"
                      above,  in the  following order  of priority  (except as
                      otherwise described under "Description  of the Notes  --
                      Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default"):
 
                      (i) the Servicing Fee;
 
                      (ii)  interest on the Notes  and the Equity Certificates
                      in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (c) interest on the  Equity Certificates (including  any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
 
                      (iii) an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount as
                      of  such  Payment Date  in respect  of principal  on the
                        Notes and  the  Equity Certificates  in  the  priority
                        described under "Principal" above;
 
                      (iv) to the Cash Collateral Account, the amount, if any,
                        necessary  to  increase  the  balance  therein  to the
                        Requisite Amount; and
 
                      (v) the remainder, if any, to payment of certain amounts
                        payable in connection with the Cash Collateral Account
                        and thereafter to the Equity Certificateholders.
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF
 CONTRACTS..........  The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts and  the
                      related Equipment on any Payment Date following the date
                      on  which the unpaid principal  balance of the Notes and
                      the Equity Certificates is less than 10% of the  Initial
                      Contract  Pool  Principal  Balance,  subject  to certain
                      provisions as described herein under "Description of the
                      Notes -- Optional Purchase  of Contracts." The  purchase
                      price  to be paid in connection with such purchase shall
                      be at least equal to the unpaid principal balance of the
                      Notes and  the Equity  Certificates as  of such  Payment
                      Date  plus  interest to  be paid  on  the Notes  and the
                      Equity Certificates on such Payment Date, plus the  Book
                      Value  of the  Equipment. The proceeds  of such purchase
                      shall be applied  on such  Payment Date (i)  as to  such
                      proceeds  in an amount necessary to pay the principal of
                      and interest on the  Notes and the Equity  Certificates,
                      to the payment of the
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      remaining  principal balance of the Notes and the Equity
                      Certificates,  together   with  one   month's   interest
                      thereon, and (ii) as to the balance of such proceeds, to
                      the payment of amounts on the Equipment Certificate.
 
U.S. TAXATION.......  In  the  opinion of  counsel  to the  Depositor  and the
                      opinion of counsel to  the Underwriters, the Notes  will
                      be  characterized  as indebtedness  and the  Owner Trust
                      will  not  be  characterized  as  an  "association"   or
                      "publicly  traded partnership" taxable  as a corporation
                      for federal income tax purposes. Each Noteholder, by its
                      acceptance of a Note, will  agree to treat the Notes  as
                      indebtedness  for  federal, state  and local  income tax
                      purposes. Prospective investors  are advised to  consult
                      their  own tax advisors regarding the federal income tax
                      consequences of the purchase, ownership and  disposition
                      of  Notes, and  the tax  consequences arising  under the
                      laws of  any state  or  other taxing  jurisdiction.  See
                      "United States Taxation."
 
                      In  the opinion of counsel,  under United States federal
                      income tax law in effect as of the date hereof, payments
                      of principal  and  interest on  the  Notes to  a  United
                      States Alien Holder will not be subject to United States
                      federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions noted
                      in "United States Taxation -- Tax Consequences to United
                      States  Alien Holders"). If such law were to change and,
                      as a result thereof, United States withholding tax  were
                      imposed  on such payments, a  United States Alien Holder
                      would receive such payments net of such withholding tax,
                      and neither the Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor  any
                      other  party would have any  obligation to gross up such
                      payments to compensate for such withholding tax.
 
ERISA
 CONSIDERATIONS.....  If the Notes are  considered to be indebtedness  without
                      substantial equity features under a regulation issued by
                      the  United States Department  of Labor, the acquisition
                      or holding of Notes  by or on behalf  of a Benefit  Plan
                      will  not cause the assets of  the Owner Trust to become
                      plan   assets,   thereby   generally   preventing    the
                      application  of certain prohibited  transaction rules of
                      the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,  as
                      amended  ("ERISA"),  and  the Internal  Revenue  Code of
                      1986, as  amended  (the "Code"),  that  otherwise  could
                      possibly  be applicable. The Depositor believes that the
                      Notes  should   be  treated   as  indebtedness   without
                      substantial   equity  features  for   purposes  of  such
                      regulation. As a result,  subject to the  considerations
                      described  in "ERISA  Considerations" herein,  the Notes
                      are eligible  for  purchase  with  plan  assets  of  any
                      Benefit  Plan.  However,  a  fiduciary  or  other person
                      contemplating purchasing the Notes on behalf of or  with
                      plan  assets of any Benefit Plan should carefully review
                      with its legal advisors whether the purchase or  holding
                      of the Notes could give rise to a transaction prohibited
                      or not otherwise permissible under ERISA or Section 4975
                      of the Code. See "ERISA Considerations."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
LEGAL INVESTMENT....  The  Class  A-1 Notes  will  be eligible  securities for
                      purchase by money market funds under Rule 2a-7 under the
                      Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
REGISTRATION,
 CLEARANCE AND
 SETTLEMENT OF
 NOTES..............  Each of the Notes will be registered in the name of Cede
                      & Co., as  the nominee of  The Depository Trust  Company
                      ("DTC"),  and  will be  available  for purchase  only in
                      book-entry form on the records of DTC and  participating
                      members thereof. Notes will be issued in definitive form
                      only  under  the limited  circumstances  described under
                      "Description of  the  Notes --  Definitive  Notes."  All
                      references  herein to  "Holders" or  "Noteholders" shall
                      reflect the rights  of beneficial owners  of Notes  (the
                      "Note  Owners"),  as they  may indirectly  exercise such
                      rights through  DTC and  participating members  thereof,
                      except  as otherwise specified  herein. See "Description
                      of the  Notes --  Book-Entry Registration."  Noteholders
                      may elect to hold their Notes through DTC (in the United
                      States)   or  Cedel  Bank   or  Euroclear  (in  Europe).
                      Transfers will be made in accordance with the rules  and
                      operating procedures described in Appendix A hereto.
 
LISTING.............  Application  has  been made  to  list the  Notes  on the
                      Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
 
GOVERNING LAW.......  The  Transfer   and  Servicing   Agreement,  the   Trust
                      Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the
                      Notes  will be governed by the  laws of the State of New
                      York.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  Noteholders should consider the following factors in connection
with the purchase of the Notes:
 
   
LIMITED ASSETS OF THE OWNER TRUST
    
 
   
    The Notes are secured by the payments  to be derived from the Contracts  but
not any payments constituting proceeds from the disposition of Equipment (except
in  the case of a Liquidated Contract), which amounts will be paid solely to the
holder of the Equipment Certificate. Moreover, from and after the Transfer Date,
the Owner Trust  will have no  assets other than  the Contracts, the  Equipment,
amounts  on deposit from time to time in the Collection Account and the accounts
established pursuant to the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement  and the right  to
certain  amounts  in  the  Cash Collateral  Account.  The  Notes  will represent
obligations solely of the Owner Trust, and none of the Notes will be insured  or
guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TCC, the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee
or  the Owner Trustee (or any  affiliate of any of them)  or any other person or
entity. Consequently, Holders of the Notes must rely for payment of interest and
principal thereon  on a  given Payment  Date on  the Amount  Available for  such
Payment Date.
    
 
   
SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B NOTES
    
 
   
    To   the  extent  described  herein  under  "Description  of  the  Notes  --
Distributions" and "-- Subordination of Class B Notes and Equity  Certificates,"
(i) payments of interest and principal on the Class B Notes will be subordinated
in  priority of payment to interest and  principal, respectively, on the Class A
Notes and (ii)  payments of interest  and principal on  the Equity  Certificates
will  be  subordinated  in  priority  of  payment  to  interest  and  principal,
respectively, on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes. In addition,  payments
of  principal  on the  Notes  will be  subordinated  in priority  of  payment to
payments of  interest on  the  Notes and  the  Equity Certificates.  The  Equity
Certificates  initially  will represent  the right  to  receive principal  in an
amount equal to  4% of  the Initial Contract  Pool Principal  Balance, but  such
amount  will be  reduced as a  result of  principal payments made  on the Equity
Certificates (see "Description of  the Notes --  Principal"), which will  reduce
the benefit to the Notes of the subordination of the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    Delinquencies  and defaults on the  Contracts could eliminate the protection
afforded the  Class  B  Noteholders  by the  Cash  Collateral  Account  and  the
subordination  of the  Equity Certificates,  and the  Class B  Noteholders could
incur losses on their investment as a result. Further delinquencies and defaults
on the  Contracts  could  eliminate  the  protection  offered  to  the  Class  A
Noteholders  by the  subordination of  the Class  B Notes,  and such Noteholders
could also incur losses on their investment as a result.
    
 
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY RISKS
 
   
    Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel to the Depositor, will deliver a legal opinion
to the  effect that,  subject to  the qualifications  and limitations  expressed
therein, the transfer of the Contracts and the Equipment from the Originators to
the Depositor constitutes a sale or absolute assignment, rather than a pledge to
secure indebtedness of TCC or the Originators; and that in the event that TCC or
any  of the  Originators were  to become a  debtor under  the federal bankruptcy
code, a trustee  in bankruptcy  would be  unable to  successfully challenge  the
transfer  of the Contracts and the Equipment to the Depositor or the Owner Trust
and the Contracts, payments thereunder and  the Equipment would not be  property
of  the bankruptcy  estate. However, if  TCC or  any of the  Originators were to
become a debtor under  the federal bankruptcy code  or similar applicable  state
laws  (collectively, "Insolvency Laws"), a creditor  or trustee in bankruptcy of
TCC or  such  Originator,  or TCC  or  such  Originator or  either  of  them  as
debtor-in-possession,  might argue that  such transfer of  the Contracts and the
Equipment  from   the  Originators   to  the   Depositor  was   (or  should   be
recharacterized as) a pledge of such assets rather than a sale. If this position
were  accepted by a  court, any Lease  Contracts considered to  be "true" leases
under   the   applicable    Insolvency   Laws   (as    described   under    "The
Contracts--Description  of the Contracts"), and any other Contract considered to
be executory under such  Insolvency Laws, could be  rejected by such trustee  in
bankruptcy  or by  TCC or such  Originator as  debtor-in-possession, which would
result in the
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
termination of Scheduled  Payments under  any such Contracts  and reductions  in
distributions  to  Noteholders,  and Noteholders  could  incur a  loss  on their
investment as  a  result.  To  reduce the  likelihood  of  such  rejection,  UCC
financing  statements  perfecting a  security interest  for  the benefit  of the
Depositor, the Owner Trust  and the Indenture Trustee  in the Equipment will  be
filed  against the Originators. Even if such Contracts were not so rejected, the
Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee  could experience a delay in or  reduction
of  collections on all of  the Contracts, and Noteholders  could incur a loss on
their investment as a result. In addition,  in the event of an insolvency of  an
originator  other  than  one  of  the  Originators,  a  court  could  attempt to
recharacterize the sale of the Contracts  by such third-party originator to  the
applicable Originator as a borrowing from the Originator, secured by a pledge of
such Contracts and the rights in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    A  case decided by the United States  Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit
contains  language  to  the  effect  that  accounts  sold  by  an  entity   that
subsequently became bankrupt remained property of the debtor's bankruptcy estate
because  the sale of accounts  is treated as a  "security interest" that must be
perfected under  the Uniform  Commercial Code  ("UCC"). Although  the  Contracts
constitute  chattel paper or general intangibles  rather than accounts under the
UCC, sales of  chattel paper, like  sales of accounts,  must be perfected  under
Article  9 of the UCC. If TCC or any  of the Originators were to become a debtor
under any Insolvency Law and a court  were to follow the reasoning of the  Tenth
Circuit  Court of Appeals and  apply such reasoning to  chattel paper, the Owner
Trust (and thus the Indenture Trustee) could experience a delay in or  reduction
of  collections on the  Contracts, and Noteholders  could incur a  loss on their
investment as a result.
    
 
   
    If any of the  Originators or TCC  were to become a  debtor in a  bankruptcy
case  and a creditor  or trustee-in-bankruptcy or  TCC itself were  to request a
bankruptcy court to order that the Depositor be substantively consolidated  with
TCC,  delays in  and reductions  in the  amount of  distributions to Noteholders
could  occur.  However,  the  Depositor  has  taken  steps  in  structuring  the
transactions  described herein  that are  intended to  prevent the  voluntary or
involuntary application  for  relief  by  TCC  under  any  Insolvency  Law  from
resulting  in the consolidation  of the assets and  liabilities of the Depositor
with those of  TCC. Such  steps include the  maintenance of  separate books  and
records and the insistence on arm's-length terms in all agreements with TCC, the
Originators  and  affiliates thereof.  Nevertheless, there  can be  no assurance
that, in the event  of a bankruptcy  or insolvency of TCC  or any Originator,  a
court  would  not  order  that  the  Depositor's  or  Owner  Trust's  assets and
liabilities be consolidated with those of TCC or such Originator. Any such order
would adversely affect  the Owner  Trust's and Noteholders'  ability to  receive
payments  on  the  Contracts,  and  Noteholders  could  incur  a  loss  on their
investment as a result.
    
 
   
    Under federal or state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could, among  other
things, subordinate the rights of the Noteholders in the Contracts and Equipment
to  the rights of creditors of TCC or  the Originators, if a court were to find,
among other things, that  TCC or the Originators  received less than  reasonably
equivalent  value or fair consideration for the Contracts and the Equipment and,
at the  time  of  any  transfers,  was  insolvent  or  rendered  insolvent,  and
Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result.
    
 
    While  TCC is  the Servicer,  cash collections held  by TCC  may, subject to
certain conditions, be commingled and used for  the benefit of TCC prior to  the
date  on which  such collections  are required to  be deposited  in a Collection
Account as described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreement
- -- Collections on Contracts" and, in the event of the insolvency or receivership
of  TCC or,  in certain  circumstances, the lapse  of certain  time periods, the
Owner Trust may  not have  a perfected ownership  or security  interest in  such
collections, and Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result.
 
   
    If  the Depositor were to become  insolvent under any Insolvency Law, delays
and reductions in the  amount of distributions to  Noteholders could occur.  The
Depositor has taken certain steps to minimize the likelihood that it will become
bankrupt   or  otherwise   insolvent.  The   Depositor  is   prohibited  by  its
organizational documents and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement from  engaging
in  activities (including the  incurrence or guaranty of  debt) other than those
permitted by the Trust Agreement and  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  See
"The    Depositor    and   the    Owner   Trust    --   The    Depositor."   Its
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
certificate of  incorporation  also  contains restrictions  on  the  Depositor's
ability  to commence  a voluntary  case or  proceeding under  any Insolvency Law
without the affirmative  vote of  all its directors,  including its  independent
directors.  The Indenture Trustee,  on behalf of  the Noteholders, will covenant
not to subject the Depositor to bankruptcy proceedings until the Notes have been
paid in full and one year and  one day has elapsed. The Depositor believes  that
such  actions  substantially  mitigate  the risk  of  an  involuntary bankruptcy
petition being filed against it.
 
    TCC  will  make  certain   representations  and  warranties  regarding   the
Contracts,  the  Equipment  and certain  other  matters (see  "The  Contracts --
Representations and  Warranties  Made by  TCC").  In  the event  that  any  such
representation  or warranty with  regard to a specific  Contract is breached, is
not cured within a specified period of  time, and the value of such Contract  is
materially  and  adversely affected  by such  breach, TCC  shall be  required to
purchase the Contract  and the related  Equipment at  a price equal  to (i)  the
Required  Payoff  Amount of  such Contract,  plus  (ii) the  Book Value  of such
Equipment. In the  event of  a bankruptcy or  insolvency of  TCC, the  Indenture
Trustee's  right to  compel a  purchase would  both be  impaired and  have to be
satisfied out of the available assets,  if any, of TCC's bankruptcy estate,  and
Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result.
 
    From and after the Merger Consummation Date, substantially all of the equity
capital  of TCC  will be owned  by HoldCo.,  and the capitalization  of TCC will
differ from the capitalization of TCC prior to the Merger. See "The Merger."
 
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
    The weighted average life  of the Notes will  be reduced by prepayments  and
early  terminations of  the Contracts. Prepayments  may result  from payments by
Obligors, certain amounts received as a  result of default or early  termination
of a Contract, the receipt of proceeds from the physical damage to the Equipment
to  the  extent described  herein  under "The  Contracts,"  purchases by  TCC of
Contracts and the related Equipment as  a result of certain uncured breaches  of
the  representations and  warranties made by  it with respect  thereto (see "The
Contracts --  Representations and  Warranties  Made by  TCC") or  the  Depositor
exercising  its option  to purchase all  of the remaining  Contracts and related
Equipment (see "Description of  the Notes --  Optional Purchase of  Contracts").
Generally,  none of the Lease Contracts permit a prepayment or early termination
thereof. Nevertheless,  TCC  historically  has permitted  lessees  to  terminate
leases  early,  either  in connection  with  the  execution of  a  new  lease of
replacement equipment or  upon payment  of a negotiated  prepayment premium,  or
both.  The Transfer and Servicing Agreement will  permit the Servicer to allow a
voluntary prepayment of a Lease  Contract by an Obligor at  any time so long  as
the  amount paid by or  on behalf of the  Obligor (or, in the  case of a partial
prepayment, the sum of such amount and the remaining Contract Principal  Balance
of the Lease Contract after application of such amount) is at least equal to the
Required  Payoff  Amount  for such  Lease  Contract. Approximately  3.9%  of the
Contracts (by Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance) are Loan Contracts,  most
of  which permit the Obligor to prepay the Contract, in whole or in part, at any
time. The amounts so received in respect of such prepayments are to be added  to
the  Amount Available and  applied in the priority  described in "Description of
the Notes  -- Distributions."  No  assurance can  be given  as  to the  rate  of
prepayments  or as to whether there will be a substantial amount of prepayments,
nor can any assurance be given as to the level or timing of any prepayments that
do occur. As the rate  of payment of principal of  the Notes will depend on  the
rate  of payment  (including prepayments) on  the Contracts, final  payment of a
Class of Notes could occur significantly  earlier than the Stated Maturity  Date
of  such  Class. There  can be  no assurance  that Noteholders  will be  able to
reinvest principal paid on any Class of  Notes at an interest rate equal to  the
Interest  Rate for such  Class, and Noteholders will  bear all reinvestment risk
resulting from the timing of payments of principal on the Notes.
    
 
   
    If the Merger  is not  consummated (see  "The Merger"),  and the  Contracts,
Equipment  and other Trust Assets are not  transferred to the Owner Trust, on or
prior to November  1, 1996, all  of the Notes  will be redeemed  on the  Special
Redemption  Date at  a price  equal to the  Special Redemption  Price. While the
Depositor has no  reason to believe  that the regulatory  approvals which are  a
precondition to the
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
consummation  of the Merger  will not be  obtained on or  prior to its scheduled
date (October  1,  1996)  or that  any  of  the other  conditions  will  not  be
satisfied,  there  can  be  no  assurances  that  the  Merger  will  in  fact be
consummated by November 1, 1996.
    
 
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    The transfer of the Contracts by the Originators to the Depositor and by the
Depositor to the Owner Trust, the perfection of the interest of the Owner  Trust
in  the  Contracts and  the right  to  receive payments  thereon, and  the Owner
Trust's and  the Indenture  Trustee's  interest in  such  Contracts and  in  the
Equipment  are subject to the  requirements of the UCC as  in effect in New York
and the states where  the various Originators are  located and, with respect  to
certain  of the Equipment, in the various  states in which the Equipment subject
to the applicable Contract is located from time to time. The Depositor will take
or cause to be taken such actions as are required to perfect the transfer to the
Owner Trust of the Depositor's rights in the Contracts and the right to  receive
payments  thereunder  and  to perfect  the  security interest  of  the Indenture
Trustee in the Owner Trust's  rights in the Contracts  and the right to  receive
payments thereunder.
 
   
    It  has been the general  policy of TCC, depending  on the dollar amount and
type of the particular Contract, the perceived credit quality of the  particular
Obligor   and  the  estimated  repossession  value  of  the  particular  related
Equipment, not to file or (in certain cases) not to obtain or file UCC financing
statements with respect to the Equipment relating to certain Contracts. See "The
Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing -- Documentation." With respect to any
such Contracts that were deemed to be loans or leases intended for security  (as
described  under "The Contracts  -- Description of  the Contracts"), a purchaser
from the  applicable  Obligor  of  the  related  Equipment  would  acquire  such
Equipment  free and clear of  the interest of the  applicable Originator in such
Equipment, and a creditor of the Obligor which has taken a security interest  in
such  Equipment and filed  a UCC financing  statement with respect  thereto or a
trustee in the bankruptcy of such Obligor would have priority over the  interest
of  the applicable Originator in such Equipment. Any such purchaser, creditor or
trustee would have an interest  superior to the interest  of the Owner Trust  in
such  Equipment, which interest is derived from the transfer and conveyance of a
security interest in the Equipment by the  Depositor to the Owner Trust. All  of
the  Contracts  prohibit  the  Obligor  from  selling  or  pledging  the related
Equipment to third parties.
    
 
   
    Due to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the  UCC
financing  statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in the
Equipment (to the extent that such financing statements have been filed  against
the  Obligor, as discussed above) will be  filed to reflect the Depositor's, the
Owner Trust's or  the Indenture  Trustee's interests therein.  While failure  to
file  such  assignments  does  not  affect the  Owner  Trust's  interest  in the
Contracts or perfection of  the Indenture Trustee's  interest in such  Contracts
(including the related Originator's security interest in the related Equipment),
it  does expose  the Owner  Trust (and  thus Noteholders)  to the  risk that the
Originator could release its security interest  in the Equipment of record,  and
it  could  complicate  the  Owner  Trust's  enforcement,  as  assignee,  of  the
Originator's security interest in  the Equipment. While  these risks should  not
affect  the perfection or priority  of the interest of  the Indenture Trustee in
the Contracts or  rights to payment  thereunder, they may  adversely affect  the
right  of  the  Indenture Trustee  to  receive  proceeds of  disposition  of the
Equipment subject to  a Liquidated Contract,  which are to  be allocated to  the
payment   of  the  Notes  and  the   Equity  Certificates,  as  described  under
"Description of  the Notes  --  Liquidated Contracts."  Additionally,  statutory
liens  for repairs or unpaid  taxes and other liens  arising by operation of law
may have priority even over prior  perfected security interests assigned to  the
Indenture Trustee in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    The Servicer will hold the Contracts and certain related documents on behalf
of  the  Owner Trust  and Indenture  Trustee. To  facilitate servicing  and save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar  documents  that  are  in  the  Servicer's  possession.  UCC   financing
statements  will be filed  in the appropriate  jurisdictions reflecting the sale
and assignment of the Contracts and the Originators' interests in the  Equipment
by  the  Originators  to  the  Depositor, the  transfer  and  assignment  by the
Depositor to the Owner Trust and the pledge by the Owner Trust to the  Indenture
Trustee,  and the Servicer's  accounting records and  computer systems will also
reflect such  sale, assignment,  transfer and  pledge. The  Contracts will  not,
however, be stamped or otherwise marked to
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
   
reflect  that  such Contracts  and Equipment  have been  sold to  the Depositor,
transferred to the Owner Trust or pledged to the Indenture Trustee. If,  through
inadvertence or otherwise, any of the Contracts were sold to another party (or a
security interest therein were granted to another party) that purchased (or took
a security interest in) any of such Contracts in the ordinary course of business
and  took possession of  such Contracts, the purchaser  (or secured party) would
acquire an interest in the Contracts superior to the interest of the Owner Trust
and Indenture Trustee if  the purchaser (or secured  party) acquired (or took  a
security  interest in) the Contracts for  new value and without actual knowledge
of the Owner Trust's or Indenture Trustee's interest. Such superior interest may
include an ownership interest, which would cut off all rights of the Owner Trust
to the Contracts, or a security interest, which would be senior to the  security
interest held by the Owner Trust.
    
 
NO GROSS-UP FOR WITHHOLDING TAX
 
   
    In  the opinion of  counsel, under current United  States federal income tax
law in effect as of the date  hereof, payments of principal and interest on  the
Notes  to a  United States  Alien Holder  will not  be subject  to United States
federal withholding  tax (subject  to  the exceptions  noted in  "United  States
Taxation  -- Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders"). If such law were
to change and, as a result  thereof, United States withholding tax were  imposed
on  such payments, a United States Alien  Holder would receive such payments net
of such withholding tax; and neither the Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor any
other party has any  obligation to gross  up such payments  to account for  such
withholding tax.
    
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
 
    There  is currently no  market for the Notes.  The U.S. Underwriters expect,
but will not be obligated, to make a market for the Notes in the United  States;
and  the International  Managers expect,  but will not  be obligated,  to make a
market for the Notes outside the United States. There can be no assurance that a
secondary market for the Notes will develop or, if it does develop, that it will
provide the Holders of such Notes with liquidity of investment or will  continue
for  the life  of such  Notes. Although it  is expected  that the  Notes will be
listed on the Luxembourg  Stock Exchange, there can  be no assurances that  such
listing will increase the liquidity of the Notes.
 
   
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
    
 
    The Notes will be issued in book-entry, rather than physical, form and, as a
result,  in certain circumstances,  the liquidity of the  Notes in the secondary
market and  the ability  of the  Noteholders  to pledge  them may  be  adversely
affected.  See  "Underwriting"  and  "Description  of  the  Notes  -- Book-Entry
Registration." The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC  and
will  not be registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees.
As a  result,  unless and  until  Definitive Notes  are  issued in  the  limited
circumstances  described under "Description  of the Notes  -- Definitive Notes,"
beneficial  owners  will  not  be   recognized  by  the  Indenture  Trustee   as
Noteholders,  as that  term is  used in the  Indenture. Hence,  until such time,
beneficial owners  will only  be  able to  exercise  the rights  of  Noteholders
indirectly  through DTC  and its  participating organizations.  In addition, the
laws of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take  physical
delivery  of such securities in certificated form. Such limits and such laws may
impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the Notes.
 
                                   THE MERGER
 
   
    On June 5, 1996,  Antigua Acquisition Corporation,  a newly formed  Delaware
corporation ("MergerCo."), executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended,
the  "Merger Agreement")  with Hercules Limited,  a newly  formed Cayman Islands
corporation ("HoldCo."), TCC  and AT&T  Corp. ("AT&T"), which  provides for  the
merger  (the "Merger") of MergerCo. with and into TCC and pursuant to which each
outstanding share of common stock, par  value $0.01 per share ("Common  Stock"),
of  TCC (other than shares owned by TCC, HoldCo., MergerCo., or their respective
wholly owned  subsidiaries  or by  any  stockholders properly  exercising  their
appraisal  rights under Delaware law ("Excluded Shares")) will be converted into
the right to  receive $45  in cash per  share (the  "Merger Consideration").  In
addition, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding option
on  shares of Common Stock (the  "Options"), other than those management options
(the "Management Options") held by certain
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
   
members of management of TCC (the "Management Offerees") which may be  exchanged
for  new options to purchase common stock  of the surviving corporation, will be
canceled upon consummation of the Merger in exchange for cash in an amount equal
to the excess  of the Merger  Consideration over the  Option exercise price  per
share.  The  Merger  is  subject  to  certain  regulatory  approvals  and  other
conditions precedent  (set out  below).  Upon consummation  of the  Merger,  the
current  stockholders of TCC will  cease to be stockholders  of TCC, except that
the Management Offerees  will be offered  the opportunity to  maintain all or  a
portion of their current equity investment in TCC and may be granted new options
for  common stock  of the surviving  corporation. All of  the outstanding equity
capital of MergerCo. will, save for the Management Offerees, be owned by HoldCo.
All of  the  outstanding equity  capital  of HoldCo.  is  owned by  a  group  of
companies  led by GRS Holding  Company Limited. The Depositor  is a wholly owned
subsidiary of  MergerCo.  and will,  upon  consummation  of the  Merger,  be  an
indirect  wholly owned subsidiary of TCC (see "The Depositor and the Owner Trust
- -- The Depositor").
    
 
   
    Under  the  Merger  Agreement,   the  respective  obligations  of   HoldCo.,
MergerCo.,  AT&T and TCC to consummate the Merger are subject to the fulfillment
or waiver, where permissible, of the following conditions at or prior to October
1, 1996: (i) the expiration or  termination of the waiting period applicable  to
the  Merger under the  Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements  Act of 1976, as
amended; (ii) the  receipt of all  required consents, registrations,  approvals,
permits  and authorizations  in full  force and  effect; and  (iii) no  court or
governmental entity  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  have  enacted,  issued,
promulgated,  enforced  or  entered  any  statute,  rule,  regulation, judgment,
decree, injunction or other  order that is in  effect and restrains, enjoins  or
otherwise prohibits consummation of the Merger Agreement.
    
 
    The  obligation of HoldCo.  to consummate the  Merger is further conditioned
on: (i) the truth and accuracy  in all material respects of the  representations
and  warranties  made  by  TCC  and  AT&T  in  the  Merger  Agreement;  (ii) the
performance in all material  respects of all obligations  of TCC and AT&T  under
the  Merger  Agreement; (iii)  the receipt  by TCC  and AT&T  of the  consent or
approval of each person whose consent or approval is required, except for  those
for  which the  failure to  obtain such  consent or  approval is  not reasonably
likely to have a material adverse effect on TCC; (iv) the receipt by HoldCo.  of
the  resignations of each director  of TCC; and (v)  AT&T and TCC having entered
into a transitional services agreement.
 
    The obligations  of  TCC and  AT&T  to  consummate the  Merger  are  further
conditioned  on: (i)  the truth  and accuracy  in all  material respects  of the
representations  and  warranties  made  by  HoldCo.  and  MergerCo.;  (ii)   the
performance  in  all  material  respects  of  all  obligations  of  HoldCo.  and
MergerCo.; and (iii) the receipt by HoldCo.  of the consent or approval of  each
person  whose consent  or approval  is required,  except for  those consents for
which the failure to obtain such consent or approval is not reasonably likely to
have a  material  adverse effect  on  the ability  of  HoldCo. or  MergerCo.  to
consummate  the Merger.  HoldCo. has  received an  unconditional and irrevocable
undertaking from Nomura International plc to underwrite an international capital
markets issue on behalf of HoldCo.  to satisfy its obligations under the  Merger
Agreement.
 
   
    HoldCo.  may, at its option, choose to postpone the closing of the Merger to
a date no later than October 31, 1996, even if all of the conditions to  closing
are  satisfied or waived prior  to such date. If  HoldCo. exercises such option,
interest will be payable on the $45 per share purchase price at a rate of  LIBOR
plus  0.5% for  the period  from and  including September  18, 1996  through but
excluding the closing date of the Merger.
    
 
   
    The consummation of the Merger is  currently scheduled for October 1,  1996.
It is currently anticipated that all regulatory approvals will be obtained on or
around  October 1, 1996.  If the Merger  is not consummated,  and the Contracts,
Equipment and other Trust Assets are not  transferred to the Owner Trust, on  or
prior  to November 1, 1996, all of the Notes will be redeemed and prepaid on the
Special Redemption Date as described under "Description of the Notes --  Special
Redemption of the Notes."
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                       THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST
 
THE DEPOSITOR
 
   
    Antigua  Funding Corporation is incorporated under  the laws of the State of
Delaware. Prior to the  Merger Consummation Date, all  of the equity capital  of
the  Depositor will be owned  by MergerCo. All of  the initial equity capital of
MergerCo. will be owned by HoldCo. See "The Merger." On the Merger  Consummation
Date,  MergerCo. and  TCC will merge,  the corporate entity  resulting from, and
surviving, such merger will be TCC, and the Depositor will thereafter become  an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of TCC. On the Transfer Date (expected to be on
or  shortly after the  Merger Consummation Date),  all of the  Contracts and the
interests of the Originators in the related Equipment will be transferred by the
Originators to the Depositor in consideration for which the Depositor shall  pay
to  the Originators the net proceeds received  from the offering and sale of the
Notes and the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    The Depositor has been  formed solely for the  purposes of the  transactions
described  in this  Prospectus; and  under its  incorporation documents  and the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement,  the Depositor is not  permitted to engage  in
any  activity  other  than (i)  acquiring  the  Contracts and  interests  of the
Originators in the  Equipment related thereto,  (ii) transferring and  conveying
such  Contracts  and  interests  in  the Equipment  to  the  Owner  Trust, (iii)
executing and performing its obligations under the Trust Agreement, the Purchase
Agreement,  and  the   Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreement,  (iv)  holding   or
transferring the Equity Certificates and the Equipment Certificate, (v) engaging
in  other transactions, including entering  into agreements, that are necessary,
suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto  or
connected  therewith and (vi)  engaging in similar  transactions with respect to
other trusts  similar to  the  Owner Trust.  The  Depositor is  prohibited  from
incurring any debt, issuing any obligations or incurring any liabilities, except
in  connection with  the formation of  the Owner  Trust and the  issuance of the
Notes. The  Depositor  is not  liable,  responsible or  obligated,  directly  or
indirectly,  for  payment of  any  principal, interest  or  any other  amount in
respect of any of the Notes.
    
 
THE OWNER TRUST
 
   
    The Owner Trust has been created  pursuant to the Trust Agreement. Prior  to
the  Closing Date, the Owner Trust will have no assets, property or obligations.
From the Closing Date to the Transfer  Date, the assets of the Owner Trust  (the
"Trust  Assets")  will  consist  solely  of  the  proceeds  of  the  Notes, plus
additional cash,  which will  be deposited  and held  (and invested  in  certain
Eligible  Investments at the  direction of the Depositor)  in the Escrow Account
maintained by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture until (i)  applied
by  the Indenture Trustee  to the special  redemption of the  Notes as described
under "Description of  the Notes --  Special Redemption of  the Notes," or  (ii)
paid  over to the Depositor and used  to acquire the Contracts, the Originators'
interests in the related Equipment and the other property described below.
    
 
   
    The  Owner  Trust  will  issue  the  Equity  Certificates,  representing   a
beneficial  ownership interest in the Owner  Trust, to the Depositor. The Equity
Certificates will  be transferred  by the  Depositor in  a separate  transaction
unrelated  to the issuance of the Notes. The Equity Certificates will be payable
from Pledged Revenues in the priority described under "Description of the  Notes
- --  Distributions" below. It is expected  that the Equity Certificates initially
will  represent  the  right  to  receive   principal  in  an  amount  equal   to
approximately  4% of the Initial Contract  Pool Principal Balance, together with
interest thereon at an interest rate of    % per annum. Commencing on the  first
Payment  Date,   % of the Monthly Principal Amount will be payable on the Equity
Certificates on each  Payment Date  until the  aggregate amount  so paid  equals
$        (which is 1% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
    
 
   
    The  Owner Trust will  also issue the  Equipment Certificate, representing a
beneficial ownership  interest  in  the  Owner  Trust,  to  the  Depositor.  The
Equipment  Certificate will be  retained by the Depositor  and will represent an
undivided interest in:
    
 
   
       (i) all related Equipment or the proceeds thereof upon the expiration  of
           the initial term of any Lease Contracts;
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
       (ii)a  portion of certain Prepayments (as described in clause (ii) of the
           definition of "Pledged  Revenues"), which portion  is anticipated  to
    represent the value of the related Equipment;
    
 
   
       (iii)
           a portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived from the liquidation of
           any  Lease  Contract and  the related  Equipment (as  described under
    "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts"); and
    
 
   
       (iv)that portion  of  the  purchase  price  allocable  to  the  Equipment
           Certificate  (a) paid by  TCC to purchase any  Lease Contract and the
    related Equipment  due to  a  breach of  any  of TCC's  representations  and
    warranties  with  respect  thereto  (as described  under  "The  Contracts --
    Representations and Warranties Made by TCC"),  or (b) paid by the  Depositor
    pursuant  to its option  to repurchase all of  the outstanding Contracts and
    the related  Equipment (as  described  under "Description  of the  Notes  --
    Optional Purchase of Contracts").
    
 
   
    Amounts payable in respect of the Equipment Certificate are not available to
pay,  and will not provide security for the payment of, interest or principal on
the Notes or the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    On the Closing Date,  the Depositor and the  Owner Trustee will execute  and
deliver  the  Amended and  Restated  Trust Agreement;  the  Owner Trust  and the
Indenture Trustee will  execute and  deliver the Indenture;  the Depositor,  the
Indenture  Trustee, the Owner Trustee and  the Servicer will execute and deliver
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement; and the Depositor, TCC and the Originators
will execute  and deliver  the Purchase  Agreement (each  with effect  from  the
Transfer  Date).  On the  Transfer  Date, the  Depositor  will, pursuant  to the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, transfer and convey to the Owner Trust all  of
the  Contracts and the Depositor's interest  in the Equipment related thereto in
consideration for (i) all amounts at the  time on deposit in the Escrow  Account
(including  any investment  earnings thereon), less  that portion  thereof to be
used to fund a  portion of the  Cash Collateral Account,  and (ii) the  proceeds
derived  by the Depositor from  the transfer of the  Equity Certificates. If for
any reason, the Transfer Date  does not occur on or  prior to November 1,  1996,
then  the Notes will be redeemed at  the Special Redemption Price on the Special
Redemption Date.
    
 
   
    From and after the Transfer Date, the Trust Assets will consist of:
    
 
    (1) a  pool  of  equipment  lease  contracts  (the  "Lease  Contracts")  and
installment  sale contracts, promissory notes,  loan and security agreements and
other similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts" and, together with  the
Lease  Contracts,  the  "Contracts"),  with various  lessees  or  other obligors
thereunder (each, an  "Obligor"), including, without  limitation, all monies  at
any  time  paid or  payable thereon  or in  respect thereof  from and  after the
Cut-Off Date (whether  in the form  of (i) Scheduled  Payments (including  those
Scheduled  Payments due prior to, but not  received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but
excluding those Scheduled Payments due on  or after, but received prior to,  the
Cut-Off  Date), (ii) Prepayments, (iii) payments made after the original term of
such Contracts, (iv) payments to  be applied by the  Servicer to the payment  of
insurance  premiums,  maintenance,  taxes  or  other  similar  obligations,  (v)
payments to be retained  by the Servicer in  payment of Administrative Fees,  or
otherwise),  all rights of the lessor or the  secured party, as the case may be,
in any insurance policies and any other security for the payment of amounts  due
under  the Contracts, all items contained in the related Contract Files, any and
all other documents  that are  kept on file  in accordance  with the  applicable
Originator's customary procedures relating to the Contracts, and all proceeds of
the foregoing;
 
   
    (2)  the interest  of the  Depositor in the  equipment subject  to each such
Contract (the "Equipment"), which interest is either an ownership interest or  a
security interest;
    
 
   
    (3)  amounts on deposit  in (and Eligible  Investments allocated to) certain
accounts established pursuant to  the Indenture and  the Transfer and  Servicing
Agreement, including the Collection Account;
    
 
    (4) the Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement; and
 
    (5)  the Depositor's  rights (but not  its obligations) with  respect to the
Cash Collateral Account.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
   
    The Owner Trust  will not  engage in any  business activity  other than  (i)
issuing the Notes and the Certificates, (ii) holding and dealing with (including
disposing  of) the  Trust Assets,  (iii) making  payments on  the Notes  and the
Certificates, (iv) entering into and performing the duties, responsibilities and
functions required under  the Transfer and  Servicing Agreement, the  Indenture,
the Contracts, and related documents, and (v) matters related to the foregoing.
    
 
CAPITALIZATION OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
   
    The  following table illustrates the capitalization of the Owner Trust as of
the Cut-Off Date, as if  the issuance and sale of  the Notes offered hereby  had
taken place on such date:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Class A-1 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................  $
Class A-2 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................  $
Class A-3 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................  $
Class A-4 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................  $
Class B Receivable-Backed Notes.................................  $
Equity Certificates.............................................  $
Equipment Certificate...........................................  $
                                                                  ---------
    Total.......................................................  $
</TABLE>
    
 
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
   
    The  Bank of New York  will be the Owner  Trustee under the Trust Agreement.
The Owner Trustee is  a New York banking  corporation and its principal  offices
are located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Owner Trustee's
liability  in connection with the issuance and  sale of the Notes and the Equity
Certificates is limited solely to the  express obligations of the Owner  Trustee
set forth in the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.
    
 
   
    The  Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will
be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee. The Depositor may also remove
the Owner Trustee if the Owner Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such
under the  Trust  Agreement or  if  the  Owner Trustee  becomes  insolvent.  Any
resignation  or removal  of the  Owner Trustee  will not  become effective until
acceptance of the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.
    
 
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
    AT&T Capital Corporation  ("TCC") is a  full-service, diversified  equipment
leasing  and finance company that operates  principally in the United States and
also has operations in Europe, Canada, the Asia/Pacific region, Mexico and South
America. TCC is one  of the largest equipment  leasing and finance companies  in
the United States, based on the aggregate value of equipment leased or financed,
and is the largest lessor of telecommunications equipment in the United States.
 
    TCC, through its various subsidiaries, leases and finances a wide variety of
equipment,  including  general  office,  manufacturing  and  medical  equipment,
telecommunications  equipment  (such  as  private  branch  exchanges,  telephone
systems  and voice processing units),  information technology equipment (such as
personal computers, retail point of sale systems and automatic teller  machines)
and  transportation equipment  (primarily vehicles).  In addition,  TCC provides
inventory financing for equipment  dealers, franchise financing for  franchisees
and  financing  collateralized  by  real  estate.  TCC's  leasing  and financing
services are marketed to (i) customers of equipment manufacturers,  distributors
and  dealers with which TCC has  a marketing relationship for financing services
and (ii)  directly  to  end-users  of  equipment.  TCC's  approximately  500,000
customers  include large  global companies,  small and  mid-sized businesses and
federal, state and local governments and their agencies.
 
   
    During its 11 year history, TCC  has achieved significant growth in  assets,
finance  volume (aggregate dollar amount of equipment and other items financed),
revenues and net  income. At  December 31, 1995,  TCC's total  assets were  $9.5
billion,  an increase of 18.9% over the  prior year-end; finance volume for 1995
was $4.6 billion, an increase  of 7.4% over 1994;  total revenues for 1995  were
$1.6  billion, an increase of 13.9% over  1994; and net income of $127.6 million
for 1995 was 27.1% greater than the net
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
income for 1994.  Total assets at  the end of  the second quarter  of 1996  were
$10.1  billion representing a 15.5% increase over total assets at the end of the
second quarter of 1995, and net income of $74.8 million for the first six months
of  1996  represented  an  increase  of  41.2%  over  the  net  income  for  the
corresponding period in 1995.
    
 
   
    TCC's  predecessor was founded in 1985 by  AT&T as a captive finance company
to assist  its  equipment  marketing  and  sales  efforts  by  providing  AT&T's
customers  with tailored financing. In 1993, AT&T sold 14% of TCC's common stock
in an initial public  offering. TCC's common  stock has traded  on the New  York
Stock Exchange under the symbol "TCC." While it is anticipated that TCC's common
stock  will be delisted upon the consummation  of the Merger (see "The Merger"),
TCC will, from time to time, continue  to issue securities in the public  market
and,  accordingly, will continue to be subject to the informational requirements
of the Exchange Act  and, in accordance therewith,  will file reports and  other
information with the Commission.
    
 
    On  September 20, 1995,  AT&T announced plans to  separate itself into three
publicly traded companies  (AT&T, Lucent  Technologies Inc.  ("Lucent") and  NCR
Corporation  ("NCR")) and  to sell  its remaining  equity interest  in TCC  in a
public or private sale. See "The Merger."
 
    TCC has an experienced management team; its six executive officers have been
in management positions with TCC for an  average of 10 years and, on a  combined
basis,  have more than 100 years experience in the equipment leasing and finance
industry. At June  30, 1996, TCC  and its subsidiaries  had approximately  2,850
members  (employees). The principal  executive offices of TCC  are located at 44
Whippany Road, Morristown, New Jersey 07962.
 
    The Contracts comprising the Trust Assets  have been originated or, in  some
cases,  purchased from third  parties by four wholly  owned subsidiaries of TCC:
AT&T  Capital  Leasing   Services,  Inc.  ("Leasing   Services"),  AT&T   Credit
Corporation  ("Credit Corp."), NCR Credit Corp.  ("NCR Credit") and the Portland
division of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation (such division is referred to as
"CFC") (collectively, the "Originators").
 
                                THE ORIGINATORS
 
AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.
 
   
    Leasing  Services  provides  leasing  and  financing  programs  for  certain
targeted  manufacturers and  distributors as  well as  leasing and  financing to
existing  customers.  Leasing  Services  (formerly  known  as  Eaton   Financial
Corporation)  was acquired by a  predecessor of Credit Corp.  in March 1989, and
became a wholly  owned subsidiary  of a predecessor  of TCC  in connection  with
TCC's  reorganization  in  March  1990.  It  thereafter  became  a  wholly owned
subsidiary of TCC in connection with TCC's restructuring in March 1993.
    
 
   
    Leasing Services is headquartered in Framingham, Massachusetts and employed,
as of June 30, 1996, approximately 430 people in a network of four full  service
offices  throughout the  United States and  a support office  in Framingham. Its
portfolio of  contracts includes  leases and  loans on  a variety  of  equipment
types,  including office automation and  general-purpose business equipment such
as copiers  and  computers,  as  well as  industry-specific  equipment  such  as
printing,  machine tools  and medical/ dental  equipment. At June  30, 1996, the
Leasing Services  portfolio  (which includes  both  contracts owned  by  Leasing
Services  and  contracts serviced  on  behalf of  others)  was comprised  of the
following equipment types: computers  23%, machine tool manufacturing  equipment
23%,  copiers  18%,  medical/  dental  equipment  12%,  printing  equipment  7%,
automobile test/repair equipment 6% and other 11%.
    
 
   
    At June 30, 1996, 87% of Leasing Services' portfolio of contracts  consisted
of  leases. Approximately 21% of such  leases include fair market value purchase
options exercisable by the applicable  lessee upon expiration of the  applicable
lease.  The  balance  of the  leases  contain  fixed price  or  nominal purchase
options. At  June 30,  1996, 13%  of Leasing  Services' portfolio  of  contracts
consisted  of loans,  which are prepayable,  in whole  or in part,  at any time.
Generally under Leasing Services' contracts, the obligor is responsible for  all
maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
    Leasing  Services' total portfolio of contracts  has a customer base of over
146,000 customers (as of June 30,  1996), who are mainly small and  medium-sized
companies.  The portfolio is also broadly diversified;  as of June 30, 1996, the
ten largest customers comprised only 0.5% of the aggregate portfolio. As of June
30, 1996,  the  average exposure  per  customer  for the  entire  portfolio  was
approximately  $13,000.  In  terms  of  geographical  distribution,  five states
accounted for  approximately 47%  of  outstanding receivables  (California  17%,
Florida 8%, New York 8%, Texas 7% and New Jersey 7%) as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
    Leasing Services' credit and collections operations are decentralized within
its  network  of  four full-service  offices  located in  the  Atlanta, Georgia;
Dallas, Texas; San Francisco, California; and Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan
areas. As  of June  30, 1996,  Leasing Services  had approximately  260  members
responsible for credit and contract approval and collections activities.
    
 
AT&T CREDIT CORPORATION AND NCR CREDIT CORP.
 
   
    Credit  Corp.  supports  the sales  of  AT&T,  Lucent and  NCR  equipment by
providing leasing and financing options to customers who have selected equipment
manufactured or  supplied  by  these vendors.  Credit  Corp.'s  predecessor  was
established as a captive finance company of AT&T in 1985. The predecessor of NCR
Credit, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Credit Corp., was established as a
captive  finance  company of  NCR  in 1980.  In  1992, when  AT&T  acquired NCR,
ownership of NCR Credit was  transferred to TCC. At  that time Credit Corp.  and
NCR Credit operated as separate business units of TCC. In 1995, TCC consolidated
the  operations  of  NCR  Credit  and Credit  Corp.;  relocated  the  credit and
collections operations  supporting  NCR  Credit from  Dayton,  Ohio,  to  Credit
Corp.'s  executive offices in Parsippany, New Jersey; ceased using NCR Credit to
originate new financings; and began using Credit Corp. to originate business  in
that  market segment. As  of June 30, 1996,  Credit Corp. employed approximately
520 members.
    
 
   
    Substantially all  of  Credit  Corp.'s transactions  are  generated  through
Lucent  and NCR,  which currently  are subsidiaries  of AT&T.  See "AT&T Capital
Corporation." Lucent manufactures and distributes telecommunications and related
equipment,  and  NCR   manufactures  and   distributes  information   technology
(including  retail point-of sale systems, automated teller machines ("ATMs") and
computers). At June  30, 1996,  the combined  portfolio of  contracts of  Credit
Corp.  and NCR Credit (the "Combined Portfolio") comprised both leases and loans
on the  following equipment  types: telecommunications  equipment 76%,  computer
equipment 5%, retail point-of-sale systems 5%, ATMs 4%, and other 10%.
    
 
   
    At  June  30,  1996, 93%  of  the  Combined Portfolio  consisted  of leases.
Approximately 91%  of such  leases include  fair market  value purchase  options
exercisable  by the applicable  lessee upon expiration  of the applicable lease.
The balance of the  leases contain fixed price  or nominal purchase options.  At
June  30, 1996, 7% of the Combined Portfolio consisted of loans, the majority of
which are prepayable,  in whole or  in part,  at any time.  Generally under  the
contracts included in the Combined Portfolio, the obligor is responsible for all
maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    Transactions  generated from the sales  of Lucent equipment historically are
small ticket transactions (approximately 132,800 customers; average  transaction
size  of $13,258; comprising  52% of the Lucent  equipment portfolio) and middle
market transactions (approximately 1,800 customers; average transaction size  of
$686,771;  comprising  36%  of  the Lucent  equipment  portfolio).  In  terms of
geographical distribution, five  states accounted for  approximately 48% of  the
outstanding  receivables  in the  Lucent  equipment portfolio  (New  Jersey 18%,
California 10%, New  York 9%, Illinois  6% and Texas  5%) as of  June 30,  1996.
Transactions  generated from the  sales of NCR  equipment historically are large
ticket transactions  (approximately 20  customers; average  transaction size  of
$14,389,623;  comprising 51% of  the NCR equipment  portfolio) and middle market
transactions (approximately 300 customers; average transaction size of $975,326;
comprising 41%  of  the  NCR  equipment portfolio).  In  terms  of  geographical
distribution,  five states  accounted for  approximately 50%  of the outstanding
receivables in the  NCR equipment portfolio  (New Jersey 16%,  Florida 12%,  New
York 8%, Wisconsin 7%, and Ohio 7%) as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
    Credit Corp.'s credit and collection operations are handled on a centralized
basis  through its executive offices  in Parsippany, New Jersey.  As of June 30,
1996, Credit Corp. had approximately 200  members in New Jersey responsible  for
credit  and contract approvals, documentation and collections. Substantially all
of these members  work in  teams that are  focused on  distinct market  segments
(e.g., by vendor (Lucent or NCR), by size of transaction (small ticket or middle
market)  or by geographic region).  Other members provide company-wide oversight
of the credit, contract and collections processes associated with the  portfolio
originated  by Credit  Corp. and NCR  Credit. In  addition, as of  June 30, 1996
Credit Corp. had  approximately 20  account managers located  in Lucent  offices
throughout   the  United  States   to  help  process   credit  applications  and
documentation packages.
    
 
AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORPORATION
 
    CFC  provides  financing   and  leasing  programs   for  manufacturers   and
distributors  of material handling and construction equipment. CFC was formed in
1990 in connection with the acquisition  of substantially all the assets of  two
divisions of Pacificorp Credit, Inc.
 
   
    CFC  is headquartered in Portland, Oregon and  employed as of June 30, 1996,
approximately 50 members, including 8 regionally deployed sales representatives.
CFC's credit and collection  operations are located in  Portland, Oregon. As  of
June  30,  1996, CFC  had approximately  30 members  responsible for  credit and
collections activity.
    
 
   
    At June 30, 1996, the CFC portfolio (which includes both contracts owned  by
CFC  and contracts  serviced on behalf  of others) related  entirely to material
handling equipment. At June 30, 1996, 78% of CFC's portfolio consisted of leases
and 22% consisted of loans. Approximately 39% of the leases include fair  market
value  purchase options exercisable by the  applicable lessee upon expiration of
the applicable lease. The balance of  the leases contain fixed price or  nominal
options.  The loans included within CFC's  portfolio are prepayable, in whole or
in  part,  at  any  time.  Generally  under  CFC's  contracts,  the  obligor  is
responsible for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    CFC's  retail  portfolio  has  a  diverse  customer  base,  with  over 5,000
customers (as of June 30, 1996) comprising businesses of varying sizes in a wide
variety of industries. As of  June 30, 1996, the  average exposure per end  user
customer was approximately $67,000. The ten largest end user customers comprised
21%  of the  aggregate portfolio.  In terms  of geographical  distribution, five
states  accounted  for   approximately  32%  of   the  outstanding   receivables
(California  9%, Texas 6%, Georgia 6%,  Ohio 6% and New York  5%) as of June 30,
1996.
    
 
UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING
 
    CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY
 
   
    TCC strives  to  manage  certain  risks in  connection  with  its  business,
including  credit risk and  residual value risk  associated with the acquisition
and holding of receivables such as the Contracts. The management of these  risks
is  critical to each strategic business unit within TCC (an "SBU"). As such, TCC
has in place policies, controls, systems  and procedures intended to manage  and
limit  such risks,  promote early problem  recognition and  corrective action as
well as facilitate consistent portfolio performance measurements. Such policies,
controls, systems and procedures  are subject to periodic  review by TCC's  Risk
Management  Department,  which  includes  legal,  credit  and  asset  management
personnel, by TCC's internal  auditors and TCC's  Audit Committee. In  addition,
TCC's  executive officers, acting as a  committee (the "CLT"), regularly monitor
TCC's overall risk profile.
    
 
    The control of credit losses is an important element of TCC's business.  TCC
seeks  to minimize its  credit risk through diversification  of its portfolio by
customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location and  transaction
maturity.  TCC's financing  activities have been  spread across a  wide range of
equipment types (E.G., general  equipment, telecommunications equipment,  office
equipment,  information technology and transportation equipment) and real estate
and a large number of end-users located  throughout the United States and, to  a
lesser extent, abroad.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
    Each  SBU has a senior  credit officer and a  credit committee that together
are responsible for overseeing the  quality, integrity and performance of  their
respective  credit portfolios.  Before any transaction  can be  committed to, it
must first be credit approved by one of TCC's proprietary credit scoring  models
or  by  a duly  authorized  credit officer  in  accordance with  clearly defined
authorities, policies and procedures. Each SBU credit committee is charged  with
the  responsibility of establishing credit policies appropriate for its business
and periodically reviewing its credit  personnel's exercise of credit  authority
for  adherence to  the established  credit policies.  Credit authorities  are an
important tool that TCC  uses to manage and  control its portfolio risk.  Credit
authorities  are set in order to enable individual credit officers (and SBUs) to
handle approximately 80-85% of the  transactions flowing to them. This  approach
results  in approximately  15-20% of the  transactions being  reviewed by higher
credit authorities. This ensures oversight  of an individual's judgment,  credit
skills  and compliance with credit policy  by more senior credit officials. Each
SBU credit committee is empowered to establish credit authorities for  qualified
members  of  their credit  staff  for up  to  $250,000. Approval  of  new credit
authorities up to $1,000,000 requires the approval of TCC's Chief Credit Officer
or its Chief  Risk Management Officer  in addition  to the approval  of the  SBU
credit  committee. Approval  of new credit  authorities in  excess of $1,000,000
also require  the approval  of the  CLT or  TCC's Chief  Executive Officer.  The
existing  credit  authorities allow  the SBU  senior  credit officer  to approve
transactions up to $4.5 million in the case of Credit Corp., up to $2.0  million
in  the case of Leasing Services,  up to $2.0 million in  the case of NCR Credit
and up to $1.5 million in the case of CFC. In addition, approval by TCC's  Chief
Credit  Officer, Chief Risk Management Officer, Corporate Business Leader or CLT
is required for  transactions in excess  of the SBU's  credit authority and  for
certain  other matters. The credit authority granted to approve transactions may
not be delegated. Portfolio quality is monitored regularly to assess the overall
condition  of  the  portfolio  and  identify  the  major  exposures  within  the
portfolio.  TCC utilizes  the "one  obligor concept"  in computing  total credit
exposure; this means that the level  of credit authority required to approve  an
incremental  transaction  must be  sufficient  to approve  the  customer's total
credit exposure. TCC tracks credit exposure in an automated fashion  aggregating
all  SBUs' exposure to each customer  including its subsidiaries, affiliates and
commonly controlled companies.  Unless otherwise  specifically approved,  credit
approvals are valid for up to 180 days.
    
 
    UNDERWRITING -- GENERAL
 
   
    TCC's   underwriting  standards  are  intended  to  evaluate  a  prospective
customer's credit  standing and  repayment ability.  Credit decisions  are  made
based  upon the  credit characteristics of  the applicant,  loss experience with
comparable customers,  the  amount and  terms  and conditions  of  the  proposed
transaction  and the type of equipment to  be leased or financed. For almost all
transactions under  $50,000 originated  by Leasing  Services and  Credit  Corp.,
credit scoring systems (where a computer makes the initial credit decision after
consideration  of many  variables from  the credit  application data  and credit
bureau information, based on a statistical model of TCC's prior loss experience)
are utilized to make credit decisions. TCC's proprietary credit scoring  systems
are  designed to  improve credit decisions  on new  lease applications, expedite
response  times  to  customers  and  increase  business  volume  and   portfolio
profitability while maintaining credit quality. With respect to credit decisions
for  those  transactions which  are not  based on  credit scoring,  TCC's credit
officers conduct various credit  investigations including reference calling  and
the  procurement and analysis of data from credit reporting agencies such as Dun
& Bradstreet,  TRW  and  other credit  bureaus.  In  the case  of  larger  sized
transactions  (generally over $100,000),  TCC's credit officers  will obtain and
analyze financial statements from  the customer. Analysis  will be conducted  to
determine  the  reliability of  the financial  statements  and to  ascertain the
financial condition and operating performance  of the potential customer.  Asset
quality  is  carefully  reviewed  and stated  liabilities  are  compared  to the
information obtained from reference  checking and credit  reports. Cash flow  is
checked for reliability and adequacy to service funded debt maturities and other
fixed  charges. The financial  analysis would typically involve  a review of the
potential customer's leverage, profitability, liquidity and cash flow  utilizing
a  variety of financial ratios and comparing  the company to other companies its
size in similar businesses.  In this connection,  various reference sources  are
utilized   such   as  Robert   Morris   Associates  Annual   Statement  Studies.
Additionally, information  may  be  obtained from  rating  agencies,  securities
firms, Bloomberg and numerous other sources. A
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
written  analysis is then prepared by  the credit officer summarizing the amount
and terms  of  the  credit  request  and  setting  forth  the  credit  officer's
recommendation   including  detailed  supporting   rationale.  Alternative  exit
strategies, including an analysis of the value  of the equipment as well as  its
essentiality  of use,  are also  considered in the  event the  customer fails to
honor its  payment obligations,  but  TCC does  not impose  rigid  loan-to-value
ratios  in  its underwriting  processes, nor  is  a maximum  loan-to-value ratio
imposed. The credit approval will also set forth any conditions of approval such
as personal or corporate guarantees, shorter lease terms, more advance  payments
or  other credit enhancements, and it  will dictate the necessary documentation.
Any subsequent modification of approval terms or required documentation must  be
re-approved  by one of  TCC's authorized credit officers.  TCC also requires the
credit personnel of each SBU to rate the creditworthiness of each of such unit's
customer accounts  over $100,000  and,  in connection  therewith, to  take  into
account  certain  other  factors  affecting  the  credit  risk  of  a particular
transaction, such as collateral  value, credit enhancement  and duration of  the
credit.
    
 
    UNDERWRITING -- ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEMS
 
   
    In   1992,  TCC  commissioned  the  Bell  Laboratories  Operations  Research
Department ("Bell  Labs")  to design  decision  support systems  and  associated
strategies  for credit risk management  throughout the customer's financing life
cycle. This life cycle approach, while commonplace in the consumer credit field,
is not common in commercial leasing. Three sets of decision support systems were
developed and implemented, covering each stage of the small ticket leasing  life
cycle;  front-end  credit  decisions,  credit  line  management,  and delinquent
account collections (see "-- Collections" below). Each system is comprised of  a
suite  of statistically  derived risk  prediction models,  a sequential decision
strategy which determines  the model to  be used  in each instance,  and a  risk
based  strategy  which  determines the  optimal  decision based  upon  the model
results.
    
 
   
    The current front-end credit  decisioning systems follow  a series of  steps
including  the selection and electronic  retrieval of credit bureau information,
the quantification of credit risk and the decision to accept, reject or manually
review the credit applicant. While both  Leasing Services and Credit Corp.  have
been  using credit application  scoring models based  on more traditional credit
scorecards since 1991  and 1989, respectively,  Leasing Services implemented  an
improved  decisioning system in March 1993,  while Credit Corp. implemented such
system in May 1995. Separate credit  line management models have been  developed
and  implemented  within  Credit  Corp.  in May  1995  and  are  currently being
implemented within Leasing  Services. The credit  scoring systems are  monitored
using  various  reporting  mechanisms  and  have  been  upgraded  over  time  to
incorporate the value  of more  recent data and  to take  advantage of  improved
statistical  techniques.  Overrides of  credit  scoring decisions  by authorized
credit officers are permitted, but are discouraged unless additional information
is uncovered  which  materially strengthens  the  transaction or  if  sufficient
credit  enhancements can be obtained to mitigate the risk. Overrides are tracked
by the operating units each month, and are more common at Credit Corp. than they
are at Leasing Services.  Such advanced credit scoring  systems are not used  by
CFC  and NCR Credit because the contracts originated by each of them have larger
original balances.
    
 
    DOCUMENTATION
 
    Prior  to   funding  leasing   and   financing  transactions,   a   complete
documentation   package  (including  generally   a  credit  application,  signed
lease/installment  sale  or   financing  agreement,   vendor  invoice,   initial
lease/advance  payment,  proof  of  insurance  (where  relevant),  delivery  and
acceptance  acknowledgements  and  appropriate  UCC  financing  statements)   is
required.  Filing of UCC  financing statements typically  is required by Leasing
Services unless the  underlying equipment has  a cost of  less than $10,000  (or
$30,000  in  the case  of a  lease contract  with a  fair market  value purchase
option); by Credit Corp. unless the underlying equipment has a cost of less than
$20,000 (or $50,000 in  the case of  a lease contract with  a fair market  value
purchase  option); by NCR Credit  unless the underlying equipment  has a cost of
less than $25,000; and by CFC in all transactions.
 
    BILLING
 
    Billing for the Originators is handled  by third parties, which prepare  and
mail  monthly invoices. All customers are  assigned a billing cycle and invoices
are sent either 19 days before the due date in the
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
case of  Credit Corp.,  30 days  before  the due  date in  the case  of  Leasing
Services,  20 days before the due date in the case of CFC, or 25 days before the
due date in the  case of NCR  Credit. From time to  time to facilitate  customer
needs,  the Originators will  provide manual invoices.  Monthly invoices include
the scheduled  payment, taxes,  insurance and  late charges,  if any.  The  vast
majority  of  contracts  provide  for  level  payments  throughout  their  term.
Substantially all customers forward payments to lockboxes with certain financial
institutions.
 
    PORTFOLIO MONITORING
 
   
    Delinquency is  tracked  and calculated  monthly  for each  major  portfolio
segment, including segmentation by classification of days past due. In addition,
non-accruals  (see "-- Non-Accrual  and Write-off Policy")  are tracked monthly,
including the portion which is deemed to be at risk by the SBU credit officials.
Similarly, credit losses are monitored each  month and are compared with  credit
losses  for previous  months and  the corresponding month  in a  number of prior
years. TCC  also  employs  techniques  in the  analysis  and  oversight  of  its
portfolio.  For that portion of the  portfolio assets consisting of transactions
under $25,000, roll rate  analysis (a type of  portfolio analysis examining  the
rate  at which accounts in various stages of delinquency become, or "roll" into,
losses) and a type  of vintage analysis (another  type of portfolio analysis  in
which  TCC's assets  are classified  by age  and then  compared across different
years (e.g., comparing loss experience  for two-year-old portfolio in 1996  with
that  in  1995))  are  used  together with  other  types  of  analyses  (such as
historical  experience  and   various  industry  indices)   in  evaluating   the
performance of TCC's portfolio.
    
 
   
    In  addition to  providing an initial  credit review,  ongoing credit review
procedures exist  to identify  at an  early stage  those customers  that may  be
experiencing   financial  difficulty.  Once   identified,  these  customers  are
monitored by credit personnel, who periodically make recommendations to the  SBU
Credit  Committee and/or  the CLT about  what remedial actions  should be taken;
what portion,  if any,  of total  credit  exposures should  be written  off;  or
whether a specific allocation of TCC's loss reserves should be made.
    
 
    In  establishing  allowances for  credit  losses, TCC's  management reviews,
among other things, the aging of TCC's portfolio, all non-performing leases  and
receivables  and prior collection experience, as  well as TCC's overall exposure
and changes in credit risk.
 
    COLLECTIONS
 
   
    TCC collects overdue  payments using  several different  methods. At  Credit
Corp. and Leasing Services, computerized collection management systems have been
developed  and  deployed. Leasing  Services  has used  outbound  call management
systems and behavioral scoring systems in prioritizing collection activities  in
its  collection  process since  March 1994.  Credit  Corp. has  utilized similar
technology in  its  collection  activities  since 1989  with  the  exception  of
behavioral  scoring,  which is  now being  implemented company-wide  following a
testing period  in  several  of Credit  Corp.'s  units  for most  of  1996.  The
collection  management  systems  prioritize delinquent  accounts  into automated
queues using delinquent account scoring systems (also referred to as  behavioral
scoring). Telephone calls to delinquent accounts are automatically dialed by the
system  eliminating  no  answer and  busy  line calls  (which  are automatically
rescheduled).
    
 
   
    Accounts are ranked using a  suite of statistically derived risk  prediction
indicators (behavioral scoring) for handling in order of risk weighted exposure.
The   collection  management   systems  utilize   different  account  collection
strategies as a function  of risk level and  account balance. Accounts with  low
balances  and/or low risk are assigned to a low impact collection strategy which
involve greater reliance  upon letters in  the early stages  of delinquency  and
less  reliance on telephone  calls until the later  stages of delinquency. Also,
the number of days between  actions are greater for a  low risk account than  in
the  case of a high risk account.  A high impact collection strategy is assigned
to accounts with high balances and/or high risk scores. In this case,  telephone
calls  are commenced sooner in the collection process and collection actions are
more closely spaced.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    At NCR Credit and CFC, account  collections are undertaken in a more  manual
fashion  with prioritization being principally driven by the number of days past
due. Accounts  are typically  assigned  to individuals  or  groups who  will  be
responsible  to  ensure  appropriate  collection  activities  are  undertaken to
effectuate customer payment. The collection process is undertaken using computer
generated reminder notices  which are generally  sent once an  account is  10-15
days  past due, individually tailored  collection letters and telephone contact,
as appropriate.
 
    Outside collection agencies and attorneys are frequently used to  supplement
collection  activity. Typically an account is  placed with an outside collection
agency or attorney when it is 180 days or more past due. However, accounts  past
due  less  than 180  days may  be placed  with a  collection agency  or attorney
depending  upon  the  circumstances  of   its  delinquency.  Equipment  may   be
repossessed  at any time after the contracted default but repossession typically
is not made until the account is past due between 70 and 180 days.
 
    NON-ACCRUAL AND WRITE-OFF POLICY
 
    TCC maintains non-accrual and write-off  policies which are followed by  all
SBUs.  The policies  require that all  accounts which  are 90 days  past due (or
sooner in the event of a bankruptcy or other appropriate evidence of impairment)
be placed on  non-accrual, and be  written off or  specifically reserved at  180
days past due. Smaller transactions (generally $100,000 or less) will be written
off  at  such  time. Larger  transactions  (generally more  than  $100,000) will
utilize specific  reserves to  appropriately reduce  the carrying  value of  the
equipment to an amount which may be "covered" by collateral value.
 
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
   
    GENERAL
    
 
   
    The  Contracts, as of the Cut-Off Date, consist of Lease Contracts (96.1% by
Initial Contract Pool  Principal Balance)  and Loan Contracts  (3.9% by  Initial
Contract  Pool Principal Balance).  All of the  Contracts are commercial, rather
than consumer,  leases or  loans.  The following  description of  the  Contracts
generally describes the material terms of the Contracts included in the Contract
Pool,  although an  immaterial number  of Contracts  may differ  in one  or more
provisions from the description below.
    
 
   
    The Lease  Contracts  include  both  true leases  and  leases  intended  for
security  as defined  in Section 1-201(37)  of the  UCC. Under a  true lease the
lessor bears the risk  of ownership, takes any  federal tax benefits  associated
with  the lease and  no title is conferred  upon the lessee.  The lessee under a
true lease has the right  to the temporary use of  equipment for a term  shorter
than  the economic life of such equipment  in exchange for payments at scheduled
intervals during the lease term and the lessor retains a significant  "residual"
economic  interest in the leased equipment. End of lease options for true leases
include purchase or  renewal at  fair market  value. Under  leases intended  for
security,  the lessor in effect finances the  "purchase" of the leased assets by
the lessee and  retains a  security interest in  the leased  assets. The  lessee
retains  the leased  property for  substantially all  its economic  life and the
lessor retains no  significant residual  interest. These  leases are  considered
conditional  sales type leases  for federal tax  purposes, and, accordingly, the
lessor does not take  any federal tax  benefits. End of  lease options for  such
leases  depend on  the terms of  the related Lease  Contract, although generally
these terms provide  for purchase  of the Equipment  at a  prestated price.  The
inclusion  of true leases in the Contract Pool will have no income tax impact on
Noteholders since the  Notes are treated  as debt for  income tax purposes.  See
"United States Taxation." However, true leases are treated differently under the
Bankruptcy Code from leases intended for security. See "Risk Factors--Bankruptcy
and  Insolvency Risks" and  "Certain Legal Aspects  of the Contracts--Insolvency
Matters" for a discussion of these differences.
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
   
    THE FORMS OF CONTRACTS
    
 
    The  Lease Contracts are generally  in one of two  forms: (a) a master lease
agreement containing  all of  the  general terms  and  conditions of  the  lease
transaction  or transactions, with schedules setting forth the specific terms of
each lease transaction with that particular Obligor (a "Master Form Lease"), and
(b) specific lease agreement forms containing all of the terms and conditions of
the lease transaction (a "Specific Lease Form"). Credit Corp. generally uses the
Master Form Lease for lease transactions in excess of $100,000 and in connection
with smaller transactions in which the Obligor has previously executed a  Master
Form  Lease; NCR Credit uses the Master  Form Lease for substantially all of its
transactions; CFC uses both a Specific Lease  Form and a Master Form Lease;  and
Leasing  Services generally uses  a Specific Lease  Form but uses  a Master Form
Lease for certain vendor customers. In certain cases, the Lease Contract may  be
written  on  another form  which was  created by  one of  the Originators,  by a
customer or by a  third-party originator. The Loan  Contracts are documented  on
installment  sale  contract,  promissory  note,  chattel  mortgage  or  loan and
security agreement forms.
 
    PAYMENTS GENERALLY
 
   
    Generally, the Contracts require that the Obligor make periodic payments  on
a  monthly basis, while a number of Contracts (which, in relation to the Initial
Contract Pool  Principal  Balance,  is  not  material)  provide  for  quarterly,
semi-annual  or annual  payments. The  payments under  all of  the Contracts are
required to  be  made in  United  States dollars  and  are fixed  and  specified
payments, rather than payments which are tied to a formula or are otherwise at a
floating  rate. Payments under the Contracts  are ordinarily payable in advance,
although a small percentage (including most  of those originated by NCR  Credit)
provide for payments in arrears.
    
 
    EXPENSES RELATING TO EQUIPMENT
 
   
    The  Contracts require the Obligors to assume the responsibility for payment
of all  expenses of  the related  Equipment including  (without limitation)  any
expenses in connection with the maintenance and repair of the related Equipment,
the payment of any and all premiums for casualty and liability insurance and the
payment of all taxes relating to the Equipment.
    
 
    INSURANCE; REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
 
   
    The  Lease  Contracts (except  for  a small  number  of Contracts  which, in
relation to  the  Initial Contract  Pool  Principal Balance,  is  not  material)
require  the Obligors to maintain liability insurance which must name the lessor
as additional insured. Lease  Contracts and Loan  Contracts require Obligors  to
procure  property insurance against the loss, theft or destruction of, or damage
to, the Equipment for its full replacement value, naming the lessor (or  lender)
as  loss payee. This requirement is, from time to time, waived by the Originator
for a small number of transactions and, for some Lease Contracts, the Obligor is
permitted to  self-insure the  Equipment under  the Obligor's  already  existing
self-insurance program.
    
 
   
    For  Lease Contracts originated by Credit Corp. or Leasing Services relating
to equipment with a cost of $100,000 or less, the Obligor is generally  provided
with written information concerning its property insurance obligations under the
Lease Contract and the Originator's own property insurance coverage that will be
provided  at the  expense of  the Obligor  if the  Obligor does  not provide the
Originator with satisfactory evidence of its own insurance coverage. The Obligor
is given  a specified  time period  in which  to provide  such evidence.  Proper
evidence  of coverage  is verified  independently and  tracked by  a third party
tracking company and licensed broker.  If the Originator provides the  insurance
coverage,  the Obligor is  charged a monthly fee  covering the insurance charges
and other related administrative charges. If, at any time, the Obligor  provides
evidence  of its own coverage,  such monthly charges cease.  The Obligor has the
ability to "opt out" of the program by providing evidence of its own coverage.
    
 
    For transactions  involving Equipment  with a  cost of  more than  $100,000,
insurance   coverage  generally  is  verified  and  tracked  by  the  respective
Originator and the failure  to maintain such insurance  constitutes an event  of
default  under the applicable Lease Contract.  Generally, either pursuant to the
Specific Lease  Form  or the  Master  Form Lease,  the  Obligor also  agrees  to
indemnify  the Originator for  all liability and expenses  arising from the use,
condition or ownership of the Equipment.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Under each Lease  Contract, if the  Equipment is damaged  or destroyed,  the
Obligor  is  required to  (i)  repair such  Equipment,  (ii) make  a termination
payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff Amount,  or
(iii)  in some  cases, replace  such damaged  or destroyed  Equipment with other
equipment of  comparable  use  and  value.  Under  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreement,  the Servicer  is permitted  (in the case  of the  destruction of the
Equipment related to a particular Lease Contract) either to allow the Lessee  to
replace  such  Equipment (provided  that the  replacement  equipment is,  in the
judgment of the Servicer, of comparable use and at least equivalent value to the
value of the Equipment which was destroyed) or to accept the termination payment
referred to above.
 
    ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The Contracts permit the assignment of the Contract by the lessor or secured
party without the consent of the Obligor, except for a small number of Contracts
which require notification of the assignment to, or the consent of, the  Obligor
(and  TCC will represent and warrant in the Purchase Agreement that such notices
have been given, or such  approvals will have been  received, not more than  ten
days  following the Transfer  Date). The Contracts do  not permit the assignment
thereof (or the  Equipment related  thereto) by  the Obligor  without the  prior
consent  of the  lessor or  secured party,  other than  Contracts which  (i) may
permit assignments  to  a  parent,  subsidiary or  affiliate,  (ii)  permit  the
assignment  to  a third  party, provided  the Obligor  remains liable  under the
Contract, or (iii)  permit assignment to  a third party  with a credit  standing
(determined  by TCC in  accordance with its underwriting  policy and practice at
the time for an equivalent  contract type, term and  amount) equal to or  better
than  the  original Obligor.  Under the  Transfer  and Servicing  Agreement, the
Servicer may permit an assignment of a particular Contract from an Obligor to  a
third  party only if  the Servicer (utilizing  the current underwriting criteria
for its contract  origination activities generally)  determines that such  third
party  is of sufficient credit quality that the Servicer would permit such third
party to become an obligor with respect  to a lease or loan contract  originated
by the Servicer generally.
    
 
    HELL-OR-HIGH-WATER LEASE CONTRACTS
 
   
    The  Lease Contracts  are "hell-or-high-water"  contracts which  require all
payments thereunder to be made regardless of the condition or suitability of the
related Equipment and notwithstanding any defense, set-off or counterclaim  that
the Obligor may have against the lessor.
    
 
    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
   
    Events  of default under the Contracts  generally include the failure to pay
all amounts required by  the Contract when  due, the failure  of the Obligor  to
perform  its agreements  and covenants  under the  applicable Contract, material
misrepresentations made  by the  Obligor, the  bankruptcy or  insolvency of  the
Obligor  or the appointment  of a receiver  for the Obligor  and, in some cases,
default by  the Obligor  under  other contracts  or  agreements. Some  of  these
default provisions are, in some instances, subject to notice provisions and cure
periods.  Remedies available to the lessor  or secured party upon the occurrence
of an event of default by the  Obligor include the right to cancel or  terminate
in the case of a Lease Contract, or to accelerate payments in the case of a Loan
Contract,  to recover  possession of  the related  Equipment, and  to receive an
amount intended to make the lessor or  secured party (as the case may be)  whole
plus costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the lessor or secured
party  as a result of  such default. Notwithstanding such  events of default and
remedies, under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is  permitted
to  take such actions, with respect to  delinquent and defaulted Contracts, as a
reasonably  prudent  creditor   would  do  under   similar  circumstances.   See
"Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  --  Servicing."  The
Originators may occasionally provide payment  extensions (generally of 3  months
or  less,  although longer  extensions  are occasionally  granted)  to customers
experiencing delays in  payment due  to cash  flow shortages  or other  reasons.
However,  it is  not intended  that extensions  be used  to provide  a temporary
solution for a delinquent  account. Rather, extensions are  intended to be  used
when,  in the  judgment of  the relevant  credit authority,  it will  permit the
permanent resolution of the delinquency.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    PREPAYMENTS AND EARLY TERMINATION
 
   
    None of the Lease  Contracts permit the prepayment  or early termination  of
the  Lease (except for a DE MINIMIS number  of Lease Contracts which allow for a
prepayment or early termination upon payment of an amount which is not less than
the  Required  Payoff  Amount).  Notwithstanding  that  fact,  the  Servicer  is
permitted  under the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  to accept prepayments of
the Lease Contracts if the  amount paid by or on  behalf of the Obligor (or,  in
the  case of  a partial  prepayment, the  sum of  such amount  and the remaining
Contract Principal  Balance of  the  Lease Contract  after application  of  such
amount) is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract.
All  or substantially all  of the Loan  Contracts permit the  Obligors, at their
option, to  prepay such  Loans  at any  time  in an  amount  equal to  the  then
outstanding  principal  balance  plus  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of such
prepayment plus any applicable unpaid charges.
    
 
    DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
 
   
    The  Lease  Contracts  contain  provisions   whereby  the  lessor  (or   the
Originator,  as assignee of the lessor) disclaims all warranties with respect to
the  Equipment  and,  in  the  majority   of  cases,  the  lessor  assigns   the
manufacturer's  warranties to the Obligor  for the term of  the Lease. Under the
Lease Contracts, the Obligor "accepts" the Equipment under the applicable  Lease
Contract following delivery and an opportunity to inspect the related Equipment.
    
 
    ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Some  of  the Lease  Contracts constitute  leases of  "additional equipment"
(generally costing  $25,000 or  less) with  existing Obligors.  Pursuant to  the
terms  of the original Lease Contract between  the lessor and the Obligor, these
leases for "additional equipment" are documented  on a written form prepared  by
the  lessor and delivered  to (but not  executed by) the  Obligor, which written
form describes all  of the  terms of  the lease. Under  the terms  of the  Lease
Contract,  the  Obligor  agrees  that  unless it  objects  in  writing  within a
specified period  of time,  it is  deemed to  have accepted  the lease  of  such
"additional equipment."
    
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY TCC
 
   
    Under  the Purchase Agreement,  TCC will make  the following representations
and warranties regarding  each Contract (and  the related Equipment)  as of  the
Cut-Off Date:
    
 
    (A)Each  Contract (i) constitutes  a valid, binding  and enforceable payment
       obligation of the Obligor in accordance with its terms (except as may  be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the
enforceability  of creditors' rights generally and the availability of equitable
remedies), (ii) has been  duly and properly sold,  assigned and conveyed by  the
applicable Originator under the Purchase Agreement to the Depositor and has been
duly  and properly transferred and conveyed by  the Depositor to the Owner Trust
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, (iii) was originated by one of
the Originators in the ordinary course of such Originator's business, or (in the
case of any Contract purchased by one  of the Originators) was acquired by  such
Originator  for proper consideration and was validly assigned to such Originator
by the seller  of such  Contract, and  (iv) contains  customary and  enforceable
provisions adequate to enable realization against the Obligor and/or the related
Equipment  (although no representation  or warranty is made  with respect to the
perfection or priority of any security interest in such related Equipment);
 
    (B)No  selection   procedures  adverse   to   the  Noteholders   or   Equity
       Certificateholders  were utilized  in selecting the  Contracts from those
lease and loan contracts owned by the Originators on the Cut-Off Date;
 
    (C)All requirements  of  applicable  Federal,  state  and  local  laws,  and
       regulations  thereunder, in  respect of all  of the  Contracts, have been
complied with in all material respects;
 
    (D)There  is  no  known  default,  breach,  violation  or  event  permitting
       cancellation or termination of the Contract by the lessor (in the case of
Lease  Contracts) or by the secured party  (in the case of Loan Contracts) under
the terms of any Contract (other than Scheduled Payment delinquencies (in excess
of 10% of the Scheduled Payment due) of not more than 59 days), and (except  for
payment extensions and
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
   
waivers of Administrative Fees in accordance with TCC's servicing and collection
policies  and procedures) there has been no  waiver of any of the foregoing; and
as of the Cut-Off Date, no related Equipment had been repossessed;
    
 
   
    (E)Immediately prior to the sale, assignment and conveyance of each Contract
       by an Originator to the Depositor, such Originator had good title to such
Contract and was the sole owner thereof, free of any Lien; and immediately prior
to the  transfer  and  conveyance of  the  Contracts  to the  Owner  Trust,  the
Depositor  had good title  thereto and was  the sole owner  thereof, free of any
Lien created by the applicable Originator;
    
 
    (F)No person has  a participation  in or  other right  to receive  Scheduled
       Payments  under any  Contract, and neither  the Depositor nor  any of the
Originators nor TCC has taken any action to convey any right to any person  that
would  result in such person having a  right to Scheduled Payments received with
respect to any Contract;
 
   
    (G)Each Contract was originated or purchased  by an Originator and was  sold
       and  assigned by  such Originator to  the Depositor without  any fraud or
misrepresentation on the part of such Originator;
    
 
    (H)Each Obligor (i) is located in the United States, and (ii) is not (a) the
       United States of America or any State or local government or any  agency,
department,  subdivision  or instrumentality  thereof or  (b) the  Depositor, an
Originator, TCC or any subsidiary thereof;
 
   
    (I)The sale, transfer and assignment  of such Contract and the  Originators'
       interest  in the  related Equipment to  the Depositor  under the Purchase
Agreement or the transfer and conveyance  from the Depositor to the Owner  Trust
under  the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  is not unlawful,  void or voidable
under the laws of the jurisdiction applicable to such Contract;
    
 
    (J)All filings and other actions required to be made, taken or performed  by
       any  person in any jurisdiction to give  the Owner Trust a first priority
perfected lien or ownership interest in the Contracts will have been made, taken
or performed;
 
    (K)There exists  a  Contract File  pertaining  to each  Contract,  and  such
       Contract File contains the Contract or a facsimile copy thereof;
 
    (L)There  is only one original  executed copy of each  Contract or, if there
       are multiple originals, all such originals  are in the possession of  the
Originator  or the signed original in the  possession of the Originator is noted
thereon as being the only copy that constitutes chattel paper;
 
   
    (M)The Contracts constitute chattel paper within  the meaning of the UCC  as
       in  effect in the  States of New Jersey,  Massachusetts and Oregon (other
than those Contracts  in which the  lessor is financing  the Obligor's  software
license  or  maintenance  contract  for leased  Equipment,  which  Contracts, in
proportion to the Contract Pool Principal Balance, are not material);
    
 
    (N)Each Contract was entered  into by an Obligor  who, at the Cut-Off  Date,
       had not been identified on the records of TCC or the Originators as being
the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding;
 
    (O)The  computer tape containing  information with respect  to the Contracts
       that was made  available by the  Depositor to the  Owner Trustee and  the
Indenture  Trustee on the Closing Date and was used to select the Contracts (the
"Computer Tape") was complete  and accurate in all  material respects as of  the
Cut-Off Date and includes a description of the same Contracts that are described
in the Schedule of Contracts to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
 
   
    (P)By the Transfer Date, the portions of the electronic master record of TCC
       and  each Originator (the "Electronic  Ledger") relating to the Contracts
will have  been clearly  and unambiguously  marked to  show that  the  Contracts
constitute  part  of  the Trust  Assets  and are  owned  by the  Owner  Trust in
accordance with the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    (Q)No Contract has a Scheduled Payment delinquency (in excess of 10% of  the
       Scheduled  Payment due) of more  than 59 days past  due as of the Cut-Off
Date (although some Contracts may  have experienced such delinquencies prior  to
the Cut-Off Date);
 
   
    (R)Each  Contract may be sold, assigned and transferred by the Originator to
       the Depositor, and may  be assigned and transferred  by the Depositor  to
the  Owner  Trust,  without the  consent  of,  or prior  approval  from,  or any
notification to,  the  applicable  Obligor, other  than  (i)  certain  Contracts
(which,  in  proportion  to the  aggregate  of  all of  the  Contracts,  are not
material) that  require notification  of the  assignment to  the Obligor,  which
notification  will be given by the Servicer not later than 10 days following the
Transfer Date, and (iii) Contracts (which, in proportion to the aggregate of all
of the Contracts,  are not material)  that require the  consent of the  Obligor,
which  consent will be obtained by the Servicer not later than 10 days following
the Transfer Date;
    
 
    (S)Each Contract prohibits the sale, assignment or transfer of the Obligor's
       interest therein, the assumption of the  Contract by another person in  a
manner  that would release the Obligor thereof from the Obligor's obligation, or
any sale, assignment  or transfer of  the related Equipment,  without the  prior
consent  of the lessor (in the case of Lease Contracts) or the secured party (in
the case  of  Loan  Contracts),  other  than  Contracts  which  may  (i)  permit
assignment to a subsidiary, corporate parent or other affiliate, (ii) permit the
assignment  to  a third  party, provided  the Obligor  remains liable  under the
Contract, or (iii)  permit assignment to  a third party  with a credit  standing
(determined  by TCC in  accordance with its underwriting  policy and practice at
the time for an equivalent  contract type, term and  amount) equal to or  better
than the original Obligor;
 
    (T)The  Obligor under each Contract is  required to make payments thereunder
       (i) in United States dollars, and (ii) in fixed amounts and on fixed  and
predetermined dates;
 
   
    (U)Each  Contract requires the Obligor  to assume responsibility for payment
       of all expenses  in connection  with the  maintenance and  repair of  the
related  Equipment, the payment of all  premiums for insurance of such Equipment
and the payment of  all taxes (including sales  and property taxes) relating  to
such Equipment;
    
 
   
    (V)Each  Contract  requires the  Obligor  thereunder to  make  all Scheduled
       Payments thereon under all circumstances and regardless of the  condition
or suitability of the related Equipment and notwithstanding any defense, set-off
or  counterclaim that the  Obligor may have against  the manufacturer, lessor or
lender (as the case may be);
    
 
   
    (W)Under each Lease Contract, if the Equipment is damaged or destroyed,  the
       Obligor  is required either (i) to repair  such Equipment, (ii) to make a
termination payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff
Amount, or (iii) in some cases,  to replace such damaged or destroyed  Equipment
with other equipment of comparable use and value;
    
 
   
    (X)None  of the  Lease Contracts  permit the  Lessee to  terminate the Lease
       Contract prior to the latest Stated Maturity Date or to otherwise  prepay
the  amounts due and payable thereunder, except for a DE MINIMIS number of Lease
Contracts which allow for an early termination or prepayment upon payment of  an
amount which is not less than the Required Payoff Amount;
    
 
   
    (Y)Each  Loan Contract permits the prepayment  of the amount due thereunder,
       at the option of the  Obligor, but any prepayment in  full must be in  an
amount not less than the principal amount then outstanding plus accrued interest
thereon to the date of such prepayment;
    
 
   
    (Z)It  is not  a precondition  to the  valid transfer  or assignment  of the
       Depositor's interest in any of the Equipment related to any Contract that
title to such  Equipment be transferred  on the records  of any governmental  or
quasi-governmental agency, body or authority;
    
 
   
    (AA)The  information with respect to the Contracts listed on the Schedule of
       Contracts attached  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  is  true,  correct  and
complete in all material respects;
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
    (BB)No  provisions of any Contract have  been waived, altered or modified in
       any material respect, except as indicated in the Contract File;
    
 
   
    (CC)No Lease Contract is a "consumer lease" as defined in Article 2A of  the
       Uniform Commerical Code; and
    
 
   
    (DD)To  the best of  TCC's knowledge, each Obligor  has accepted the related
       Equipment and has  had reasonable  opportunity to inspect  and test  such
Equipment.
    
 
   
    The  above-described representations and warranties  of TCC will survive the
transfer and assignment of the related  Contracts and other Trust Assets to  the
Owner Trust, but will speak only as of the Cut-Off Date.
    
 
   
    In the event of a breach of any such representation or warranty with respect
to  a Contract that materially and adversely  affects the value of such Contract
(any such breach being a "Repurchase Event"), TCC, unless it cures the breach by
the end of  the second  Collection Period  after the date  on which  TCC or  the
Depositor becomes aware of or receives written notice from the Indenture Trustee
or  the Servicer of such breach, will be obligated to purchase the Contract from
the Owner Trust. Any such purchase shall be made on the Deposit Date immediately
following the end  of such  second Collection  Period at  a price  equal to  the
Required  Payoff Amount applicable to such Contract plus the Book Value (if any)
of the  related Equipment.  This  purchase obligation  may  be enforced  by  the
Indenture  Trustee  on  behalf  of  the holders  of  the  Notes  and  the Equity
Certificates, and will constitute the  sole remedy available to the  Noteholders
and  the  Equity Certificateholders  against TCC  for  any such  uncured breach,
except that pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will indemnify
the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee,  the Owner Trust, the Noteholders  and
the Certificateholders against losses, damages, liabilities and claims which may
be asserted against any of them as a result of third-party claims arising out of
the facts giving rise to such breach.
    
 
   
    Upon  the purchase  by TCC  of a Contract  (and the  related Equipment), the
Indenture Trustee will release its liens thereon and the Owner Trust will convey
such Contract and the related Equipment to TCC.
    
 
   
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO THE CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL
    
 
    GENERAL
 
   
    The Depositor has prepared certain  statistics relating to the Cut-Off  Date
Contract Pool. The Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance is an amount equal to
$3,182,091,856  (which amount is based upon  the Contract Pool Principal Balance
determined as  of the  Cut-Off Date,  but discounting  the applicable  Scheduled
Payments with respect to Lease Contracts to September 15, 1996, and including an
amount  in respect of Scheduled Payments on  the Contracts due prior to, but not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date). The total number of Contracts in the  Cut-Off
Date  Contract Pool is  281,895. The average Contract  Pool Principal Balance of
the Contracts, as  of the Cut-Off  Date, was approximately  $11,288. Within  the
Cut-Off  Date Contract  Pool, 90.6% of  the Contracts (by  Initial Contract Pool
Principal Balance) were originated by the Originators (or by other affiliates of
TCC) and 9.4%  of such Contracts  (by Initial Contract  Pool Principal  Balance)
were purchased by the Originators (or by other affiliates of TCC) from unrelated
third parties.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
                 COMPOSITION OF THE CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             WEIGHTED                      WEIGHTED                    AVERAGE
                                             AVERAGE                        AVERAGE                    CONTRACT
               INITIAL CONTRACT              ORIGINAL                      REMAINING                  PRINCIPAL
   NUMBER       POOL PRINCIPAL                 TERM                          TERM                      BALANCE
OF CONTRACTS       BALANCE                   (RANGE)                        (RANGE)                    (RANGE)
- ------------  ------------------  ------------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------
<S>           <C>                 <C>                             <C>                          <C>
  281,895       $3,182,091,856              56 months                     38.5 months                  $11,288
                                     (6 months to 165 months)       (1 month to 96 months)       ($23 to $12,858,955)
</TABLE>
    
 
    TYPE OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The following table shows the distribution of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool
between  true leases  (defined for  purposes of this  table as  a Contract under
which the  Obligor has  a right  to  purchase the  related Equipment  only  upon
payment  of the fair  market value thereof) and  all other Contracts (comprising
both Loan Contracts  and Lease Contracts  with fixed price  or nominal  purchase
options)  by indicating the number of  Contracts in each category, the aggregate
Contract Principal Balance of such Contracts,  and the percentage (by number  of
Contracts  and  by  aggregate  Contract  Principal  Balance)  of  such Contracts
relative to all of the Contracts in the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                % OF TOTAL                         % OF INITIAL
                                                   NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF    AGGREGATE CONTRACT    CONTRACT POOL
TYPE OF CONTRACT                                   CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  ------------------  -----------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>           <C>                 <C>
True Leases.....................................     218,934        77.67%   $    2,539,771,995         79.81%
All Other Contracts.............................      62,961        22.33           642,319,861         20.19
                                                  -----------  ------------  ------------------       -------
      Total.....................................     281,895       100.00%   $    3,182,091,856        100.00%
                                                  -----------  ------------  ------------------       -------
                                                  -----------  ------------  ------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    GEOGRAPHICAL DIVERSITY
 
   
    The following table  shows the  geographical diversity of  the Cut-Off  Date
Contract  Pool, by  indicating the number  of Contracts,  the aggregate Contract
Principal Balance of such Contracts and  the percentage (by number of  Contracts
and  by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to all
of the Contracts in the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool by reference to the State  in
which the Obligors on such Contracts are located:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                % OF TOTAL NUMBER   AGGREGATE CONTRACT   % OF INITIAL CONTRACT POOL
        STATE            NUMBER OF CONTRACTS      OF CONTRACTS       PRINCIPAL BALANCE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------------  ---------------------  -------------------  -------------------  --------------------------
<S>                     <C>                    <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Alabama...............            3,009                 1.07%         $    36,282,593                 1.14%
Alaska................              307                 0.11                2,416,132                 0.08
Arizona...............            4,698                 1.67               53,447,750                 1.68
Arkansas..............            1,291                 0.46               13,060,355                 0.41
California............           37,310                13.24              417,515,068                13.12
Colorado..............            5,746                 2.04               51,394,304                 1.62
Connecticut...........            4,255                 1.51               50,701,830                 1.59
Delaware..............              796                 0.28                6,500,480                 0.20
District of
Columbia..............            1,647                 0.58               16,868,072                 0.53
Florida...............           19,635                 6.97              214,646,134                 6.75
Georgia...............            8,769                 3.11              101,647,461                 3.19
Hawaii................              425                 0.15                4,412,970                 0.14
Idaho.................              928                 0.33                8,558,522                 0.27
Illinois..............           13,383                 4.75              131,300,312                 4.13
Indiana...............            3,970                 1.41               39,391,796                 1.24
Iowa..................            1,694                 0.60               22,310,355                 0.70
Kansas................            1,458                 0.52               18,500,157                 0.58
Kentucky..............            2,145                 0.76               21,048,099                 0.66
Louisiana.............               90                 0.03                  731,325                 0.02
Maine.................               47                 0.02                  585,795                 0.02
Maryland..............            5,165                 1.83               55,725,507                 1.75
Massachusetts.........           12,462                 4.42              135,804,328                 4.27
Michigan..............           10,175                 3.61              102,323,679                 3.22
Minnesota.............            3,875                 1.37               45,438,461                 1.43
Mississippi...........            1,547                 0.55               13,989,798                 0.44
Missouri..............            3,579                 1.27               45,722,085                 1.44
Montana...............              548                 0.19                4,407,030                 0.14
Nebraska..............              763                 0.27                7,912,108                 0.25
Nevada................            1,546                 0.55               16,272,286                 0.51
New Hampshire.........            1,918                 0.68               20,233,809                 0.64
New Jersey............           19,983                 7.09              337,826,712                10.62
New Mexico............            1,391                 0.49               11,402,224                 0.36
New York..............           25,583                 9.08              309,217,371                 9.72
North Carolina........            6,930                 2.46               70,709,859                 2.22
North Dakota..........              221                 0.08                1,612,075                 0.05
Ohio..................            9,577                 3.40               99,877,059                 3.14
Oklahoma..............            1,889                 0.67               24,876,958                 0.78
Oregon................            3,276                 1.16               31,072,841                 0.98
Pennsylvania..........           12,324                 4.37              115,539,711                 3.63
Puerto Rico...........                1                    *                    1,053                    *
Rhode Island..........            1,429                 0.51               15,546,958                 0.49
South Carolina........            3,027                 1.07               34,826,640                 1.09
South Dakota..........              337                 0.12               10,038,948                 0.32
Tennessee.............            4,705                 1.67               50,367,688                 1.58
Texas.................           17,722                 6.29              184,806,573                 5.81
Utah..................            2,020                 0.72               28,183,530                 0.89
Vermont...............              704                 0.25                6,290,270                 0.20
Virginia..............            6,531                 2.32               60,048,213                 1.89
Washington............            6,261                 2.22               59,345,803                 1.86
West Virginia.........            1,151                 0.41                9,465,597                 0.30
Wisconsin.............            3,273                 1.16               59,438,320                 1.87
Wyoming...............              379                 0.13                2,448,852                 0.08
                               --------              -------        -------------------            -------
Total.................          281,895               100.00%         $ 3,182,091,856               100.00%
                               --------              -------        -------------------            -------
                               --------              -------        -------------------            -------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
* Indicates an amount greater than zero but less than 0.005% of the total number
  of Contracts or the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, as applicable.
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
    Adverse economic conditions in States where a substantial number of Obligors
are  located,  such as  California  and New  Jersey,  may adversely  affect such
Obligors' ability to make payments on the related Contracts, and the Noteholders
could suffer a loss on their investment as a result.
    
 
    PAYMENT STATUS
 
   
    The following table shows  the payment status of  the Cut-Off Date  Contract
Pool,  by indicating the  number of Contracts,  the aggregate Contract Principal
Balance of such  Contracts and  the percentage (by  number of  Contracts and  by
aggregate  Contract Principal Balance) of such  Contracts relative to all of the
Contracts in  the  Cut-Off Date  Contract  Pool  by reference  to  whether  such
Contracts were current as of the Cut-Off Date or were 30-59 days delinquent:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     % OF INITIAL
                                                                                                    CONTRACT POOL
                                                              % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT    PRINCIPAL
PAYMENT STATUS                     NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS   PRINCIPAL BALANCE      BALANCE
- --------------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ------------------  --------------
<S>                               <C>                    <C>                    <C>                 <C>
Current.........................           272,692                96.74%        $    3,062,586,846        96.24%
30-60 Days Delinquent...........             9,203                 3.26                119,505,010         3.76
                                          --------              -------         ------------------      -------
      Total.....................           281,895                100.0%        $    3,182,091,856        100.0%
                                          --------              -------         ------------------      -------
                                          --------              -------         ------------------      -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE
 
   
    The  following  table  shows the  type  of Equipment  securing  or otherwise
related to the  Contracts, by the  number of Contracts,  the aggregate  Contract
Principal  Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to  all
of the Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     % OF INITIAL
                                                                                                    CONTRACT POOL
                                                              % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT    PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT                  NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS   PRINCIPAL BALANCE      BALANCE
- --------------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ------------------  --------------
<S>                               <C>                    <C>                    <C>                 <C>
Telecommunications..............           124,709                44.24%        $    1,267,259,623        39.82%
Manufacturing and
 Construction...................            41,820                14.84                731,052,306        22.97
Computers and Point-of-Sale.....            65,488                23.23                599,487,174        18.84
General Office..................            33,130                11.75                299,712,774         9.42
Medical.........................             9,123                 3.24                160,456,770         5.04
Printing........................             7,599                 2.70                122,628,258         3.85
Other...........................                26                 0.01                  1,494,951         0.05
                                          --------              -------         ------------------      -------
      Total.....................           281,895               100.00%        $    3,182,091,856       100.00%
                                          --------              -------         ------------------      -------
                                          --------              -------         ------------------      -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCES
 
   
    The following table shows the distribution of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool
by Contract Principal Balance by indicating the number of Contracts which have a
Contract  Principal Balance  within a defined  range and  the aggregate Contract
Principal Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of  Contracts
and  by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to all
of the Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    % OF INITIAL
                                                                                                   CONTRACT POOL
                                           NUMBER OF        % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT     PRINCIPAL
CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE                 CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE      BALANCE
- ----------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------  -------------------  --------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>                    <C>                  <C>
$        0 to $   5,000.00..............     167,945            59.58%         $     336,434,783         10.57%
$  5,000.01 to $  25,000.00.............      88,903            31.54                973,298,209         30.59
$ 25,000.01 to $  50,000.00.............      14,443             5.12                501,141,334         15.75
$ 50,000.01 to $ 100,000.00.............       6,906             2.45                473,855,550         14.89
$100,000.01 to $ 500,000.00.............       3,406             1.21                581,918,394         18.29
$500,000.01 to $1,000,000.00............         207             0.07                143,201,325          4.50
Over $1,000,000.00......................          85             0.03                172,242,261          5.41
                                          -----------         -------         -------------------      -------
      Total.............................     281,895           100.00%         $   3,182,091,856        100.00%
                                          -----------         -------         -------------------      -------
                                          -----------         -------         -------------------      -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    REMAINING TERMS OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The following  table shows  the remaining  term of  the Contracts  from  the
Cut-Off  Date to the scheduled expiration  date of such Contracts, by indicating
the number  of  Contracts, the  aggregate  Contract Principal  Balance  of  such
Contracts,  and the percentage (by number of Contracts and by aggregate Contract
Principal Balance) of such Contracts relative to all of the Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    % OF INITIAL
                                            NUMBER                                                 CONTRACT POOL
                                              OF            % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT     PRINCIPAL
REMAINING TERM OF CONTRACTS                CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE      BALANCE
- ----------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------  -------------------  --------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>                    <C>                  <C>
One Month to 12 Months..................      67,682            24.01%         $     171,103,536          5.38%
13 Months to 24 Months..................      75,317            26.72                520,288,768         16.35
25 Months to 36 Months..................      69,003            24.48                766,080,712         24.07
37 Months to 48 Months..................      39,520            14.02                759,235,929         23.86
49 Months to 60 Months..................      28,941            10.27                818,908,200         25.73
Over 60 Months..........................       1,432             0.51                146,474,711          4.60
                                          -----------         -------         -------------------      -------
      Total.............................     281,895           100.00%         $   3,182,091,856        100.00%
                                          -----------         -------         -------------------      -------
                                          -----------         -------         -------------------      -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    TYPES OF OBLIGOR
 
   
    The Contracts with a single Obligor (or group of affiliated Obligors) having
the largest  aggregate  Contract  Principal  Balance  as  of  the  Cut-Off  Date
represented  no more than 2.75% of  the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance.
The following table shows the types  of Obligor on Contracts within the  Cut-Off
Date Contract Pool, by the number of Contracts, the aggregate Contract Principal
Balance  of such Contracts,  and the percentage  (by number of  Contracts and by
aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such  Contracts relative to all of  the
Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    % OF INITIAL
                                                                                                   CONTRACT POOL
                                                            % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT     PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF OBLIGOR                  NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE      BALANCE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -------------------  --------------
<S>                             <C>                    <C>                    <C>                  <C>
Service Organizations.........           142,052                 50.39%        $   1,326,132,035          41.67%
Manufacturing and
 Construction.................            40,001                 14.19               767,195,820          24.11
Retail and Wholesale Trade....            37,916                 13.45               409,669,907          12.87
Other.........................            14,290                  5.07               203,124,215           6.38
Financial Services............            15,106                  5.36               189,663,310           5.96
Professionals.................            19,221                  6.82               111,188,281           3.49
Printing and Copy Centers.....             6,107                  2.17                89,413,385           2.81
Medical.......................             7,202                  2.55                85,704,903           2.69
                                        --------               -------        -------------------       -------
      Total...................           281,895                100.00%        $   3,182,091,856         100.00%
                                        --------               -------        -------------------       -------
                                        --------               -------        -------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO DELINQUENCIES AND DEFAULTS
 
    DELINQUENCIES
 
   
    The following table sets forth statistics relating to Delinquencies on lease
and/or  loan contracts within  the Originators' owned  and managed portfolios of
receivables similar to the Contracts (on an aggregate basis) as of December  31,
in each of the past four years and as of June 30, 1996. Such receivables did not
constitute  the  Originators'  entire  portfolio  of  lease  contracts  and loan
contracts. For these  purposes, a "Delinquency"  means that the  obligor on  the
lease  or loan contract  has failed to  make a required  Scheduled Payment in an
amount equal to at least 90% of the required Scheduled Payment within 30 days of
the due date. For these purposes, any payment made by the obligor on a lease  or
loan contract subsequent to the required payment date is applied to the earliest
payment  which was unpaid. The  statistics set forth below  relate to the entire
portfolio of receivables similar to the Contracts serviced by the Originators as
of the date  specified, and not  only to the  Contracts; and, accordingly,  such
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
statistics  are  not necessarily  indicative of  the  future performance  of the
Contracts.  The  following  table  is  based,  where  indicated,  on  the  gross
receivable  balance  of the  lease  and loan  contracts,  as it  appears  on the
accounting records of  TCC as of  the date set  forth below and  not solely  the
overdue payments.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PERCENTAGE OF GROSS RECEIVABLE BALANCE OF CONTRACTS
                                   GROSS RECEIVABLE                   WHICH WERE DELINQUENT
                                      BALANCE OF      ------------------------------------------------------
                                       CONTRACTS        31 TO 60      61 TO 90     91 TO 120      OVER 120
DATE OF CALCULATION                 (IN THOUSANDS)        DAYS          DAYS          DAYS          DAYS        TOTAL
- ---------------------------------  -----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                <C>                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
12/31/92.........................    $   3,407,520          2.49%         0.64%         0.36%         1.29%       4.78%
12/31/93.........................    $   3,614,441          2.53%         0.83%         0.36%         0.49%       4.21%
12/31/94.........................    $   4,172,097          2.88%         0.79%         0.41%         0.53%       4.61%
12/31/95.........................    $   4,469,009          3.53%         0.86%         0.44%         0.76%       5.59%
 6/30/96.........................    $   4,578,955          2.61%         0.87%         0.39%         1.02%       4.89%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    NON-ACCRUALS
    
 
   
    The  following  table  sets  forth statistics  relating  to  Non-Accruals on
receivables similar to the Contracts  within the Originators' owned and  managed
portfolios  (on an aggregate basis) as of,  and for the 12-month periods ending,
December 31 in  each of the  past four years  and as of,  and for the  six-month
period   ending,  June  30,  1996.  Such  receivables  did  not  constitute  the
Originators' entire portfolio of lease  contracts and loan contracts. For  these
purposes,  a "Non-Accrual" means that, as of  the date indicated, the obligor on
the relevant lease or loan contract had failed to make payments in an amount  at
least equal to 90% of the required Scheduled Payment for at least 90 days beyond
the  date  required, or  commenced a  bankruptcy  or insolvency  proceeding. The
statistics set forth below relate to the portfolio of receivables similar to the
Contracts serviced by the Originators for  the period specified and not only  to
the  Contracts; and, accordingly, such statistics are not necessarily indicative
of the future performance of the Contracts. The following table is based,  where
indicated,  on the net investment of the  lease and loan contracts (gross of any
allowance for  losses) as  it appears  on  the records  of TCC  as of  the  date
specified below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AGGREGATE NET          PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                        INVESTMENT OF    AGGREGATE NET INVESTMENT
                                                                          CONTRACTS     OF CONTRACTS WHICH WERE ON
DATE OF CALCULATION                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)           NON-ACCRUAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>
12/31/92.............................................................   $   3,159,814                2.72%
12/31/93.............................................................   $   3,339,313                1.65%
12/31/94.............................................................   $   3,839,569                1.33%
12/31/95.............................................................   $   4,107,023                1.54%
 6/30/96.............................................................   $   4,357,631                1.45%
</TABLE>
    
 
    LOSSES AND RECOVERIES
 
   
    The  following  table sets  forth statistics  relating  to gross  losses and
losses net  of recoveries  on  defaulted lease  and  loan contracts  within  the
Originators'  owned  and  managed  portfolios  (of  receivables  similar  to the
Contracts on an aggregate basis) during  the 12-month period ending December  31
in  each of the past four years and  during the six-month period ending June 30,
1996. Such receivables did not  constitute the Originators' entire portfolio  of
lease  contracts and  loan contracts. For  these purposes,  "gross losses" means
total losses before recoveries measured against the net investment of the  lease
and  loan contracts  (gross of  any allowance  for losses),  and "losses  net of
recoveries" means losses after recoveries measured against the net investment of
the lease and loan contracts (gross of any allowance
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
for losses).  The  statistics  set  forth  below  relate  to  the  portfolio  of
receivables  similar to  the Contracts  serviced by  the Originators  during the
period  indicated  and  not  only  to  the  Contracts;  and,  accordingly,  such
statistics  are  not necessarily  indicative of  the  future performance  of the
Contracts.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 AGGREGATE NET          GROSS LOSSES AS A     NET LOSSES AS A
                            INVESTMENT OF CONTRACTS     PERCENTAGE OF NET    PERCENTAGE OF NET
   DATE OF CALCULATION           (IN THOUSANDS)            INVESTMENT           INVESTMENT
- -------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>                        <C>                         <C>                  <C>
12/31/92.................        $    3,159,814                 2.68%                2.17%
12/31/93.................        $    3,339,313                 2.44%                1.88%
12/31/94.................        $    3,839,569                 1.77%                1.22%
12/31/95.................        $    4,107,023                 1.80%                1.32%
 6/30/96.................        $    4,357,631                 1.73%                1.29%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Originators'  delinquency,  non-accrual  and  net  loss  experience  has
historically  been affected  by prevailing economic  conditions, particularly in
industries  and  geographic  regions  where  it  has  customer   concentrations.
Recently,  for  example, a  downturn  in the  retailing  industry has  caused an
increase in delinquencies in contracts relating to point-of-sale equipment,  and
recent  weakness  in  general  economic conditions  has  caused  an  increase in
delinquencies in  the Originators'  small-ticket  portfolios. TCC  believes  the
increased  use of scoring models, both in underwriting and collections, has been
a factor in the improvement in non-accruals and losses over the past five years.
    
 
    It has been the Originators'  experience that, unlike consumer  receivables,
collections  from the obligors constitute a significant portion of recoveries on
defaulted receivables,  in addition  to  the proceeds  from liquidation  of  the
related  equipment. The  resale value  of individual  items of  Equipment, which
would be collected by the Servicer in  the event of a default under the  related
Contract,  will vary  substantially, depending on  such factors  as the expected
remaining useful  life of  the Equipment  at the  time of  the default  and  the
obsolescence  of the Equipment. It  is possible that the  resale values for some
Equipment would  be  negligible  or insufficient  to  justify  repossession  and
resale.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The  Notes will be issued pursuant to the  terms of the Indenture, a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of  the
Indenture will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Notes.
The  following summary describes  certain terms of the  Notes and the Indenture.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is  qualified
in  its  entirety by  reference  to, all  the provisions  of  the Notes  and the
Indenture.  The   Chase  Manhattan   Bank,   a  national   banking   association
headquartered in New York, New York, will be the Indenture Trustee.
    
 
   
    Pursuant  to the Indenture, the Owner Trust will issue five classes of notes
(the "Notes"), consisting  of four classes  of senior notes,  designated as  the
   %  Receivable-Backed Notes,  Class A-1, in  the original  principal amount of
$       (the "Class A-1 Notes"), the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-2,  in
the  original principal  amount of $          (the "Class  A-2 Notes"), the    %
Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-3, in the original principal amount of $
(the "Class A-3 Notes"), and the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-4, in  the
original  principal amount of $        (the "Class A-4 Notes" and, together with
the Class A-1,  Class A-2 and  Class A-3 Notes,  the "Class A  Notes"), and  one
class  of subordinated notes,  designated as the      % Receivable-Backed Notes,
Class B, in the original principal amount of $    (the "Class B Notes").
    
 
   
    The Class A Notes will be senior in  right of payment to the Class B  Notes.
The  Owner  Trust will  also  issue two  classes  of certificates  of beneficial
interest, the Equipment Certificate  and the Equity  Certificate, which are  not
being  offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an undivided
interest in,  and be  payable solely  from, the  Equipment and  certain  amounts
derived  from the sale or other disposition  of the Equipment upon expiration or
termination (including  an  early termination  or  liquidation) of  the  related
Contracts  and certain other amounts as described herein. Amounts payable on the
Equipment Certificate  will  not  be  available  for  payment  of  interest  and
principal  on  the  Notes. It  is  expected  that the  Equity  Certificates will
initially represent  the  right to  receive  principal  in an  amount  equal  to
approximately  4% of the Initial Contract  Pool Principal Balance, together with
interest thereon  at      %  per annum,  payable from  Pledged Revenues  in  the
priority described under "-- Distributions" below.
    
 
   
    Payments  on the Notes will be made by the Indenture Trustee on each Payment
Date to persons in whose names the Notes are registered as of the related Record
Date (the "Holders" or  "Noteholders"). The Payment Date  for the Notes will  be
the  15th day of each month (or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day), commencing in November  1996. The Record Date for  any
Payment Date will be the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date (so
long as the Notes are held in the book-entry form), or the last day of the prior
calendar month (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
    
 
   
    A "Business Day" is any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday)
on  which commercial banks in New York  City, or any other location of successor
Servicer or Indenture Trustee, are open for regular business.
    
 
   
    Each Class of  Notes initially  will be represented  by one  or more  global
Notes  (the  "Global  Notes") registered  in  the  name of  the  nominee  of DTC
(together with any successor depository  selected by the Indenture Trustee,  the
"Depository"),  except as set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of
Notes will be  available for purchase  in minimum denominations  of $10,000  and
integral  multiples  thereof in  book-entry form  only.  The Depositor  has been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Accordingly, Cede & Co. is
expected to be the Holder  of record of the  Notes. Unless and until  Definitive
Notes are issued under the limited circumstances described herein, no Note Owner
acquiring  an  interest in  any Class  of Notes  will be  entitled to  receive a
certificate representing such Note  Owner's interest in  such Notes. Until  such
time, all references herein to actions by Noteholders of any Class of Notes will
refer   to  actions  taken   by  the  Depository   upon  instructions  from  its
participating organizations and all references herein to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to Noteholders of any Class of
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
Notes will  refer  to distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements  to  the
Depository  or its nominee, as the registered Holder of the Notes of such Class,
for  distribution  to  Note  Owners  of  such  Class  in  accordance  with   the
Depository's  procedures. See  "-- Book-Entry  Registration" and  "-- Definitive
Notes."
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   
    Principal of and interest on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates will  be
paid  on each Payment Date, after payment of the Servicing Fee, solely from, and
secured by, the Amount Available  for such Payment Date,  which is equal to  the
sum of (a) those Pledged Revenues on deposit in the Collection Account as of the
last  Business Day preceding the related Determination Date (the "Deposit Date")
(i) which were received by the Servicer during the related Collection Period  or
which  represent amounts paid by TCC or  the Depositor to purchase Contracts and
related Equipment as of the end  of such Collection Period ("Related  Collection
Period  Pledged Revenues"), or (ii)  to the extent necessary  to pay interest on
the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date, which were  received
by the Servicer during the current Collection Period ("Current Collection Period
Pledged  Revenues"  and, together  with  the Related  Collection  Period Pledged
Revenues, the "Available Pledged  Revenues"), plus (b)  amounts permitted to  be
withdrawn therefor from the Cash Collateral Account, as described under "-- Cash
Collateral Account" below.
    
 
   
    "Pledged Revenues" will consist of (i) "Scheduled Payments" on the Contracts
(which  will  consist  of all  payments  under  the Contracts  other  than those
portions of such payments which, under the  Contracts, are to be (A) applied  by
the  Servicer to the payment of  insurance charges, maintenance, taxes and other
similar  obligations,  or   (B)  retained   by  the  Servicer   in  payment   of
Administrative  Fees) received on or  after the Cut-Off Date  and due during the
term of  the  Contracts, without  giving  effect to  end-of-term  extensions  or
renewals  thereof  (including  all  Scheduled Payments  due  prior  to,  but not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or
after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date); (ii) any voluntary  prepayments
("Prepayments")  received  on or  after the  Cut-Off  Date under  the Contracts,
provided that  the amount,  if any,  by which  any such  Prepayment exceeds  the
Required  Payoff  Amount of  the related  Contract  will not  constitute Pledged
Revenues but will be allocated to  the Equipment Certificate; (iii) any  amounts
paid  by TCC to purchase Contracts and the  related Equipment due to a breach of
representations and warranties  with respect  thereto, as  described under  "The
Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by TCC," or by the Depositor to
purchase  the  Contracts  and  the related  Equipment,  as  described  under "--
Optional Purchase of  Contracts" below,  in each case  excluding those  portions
thereof  allocable to  the Equipment Certificate,  (iv) certain  of the proceeds
derived from the  liquidation of  the Contracts  and the  related Equipment,  as
described  under "--  Liquidated Contracts" below;  and (v) any  earnings on the
investment of amounts credited to the Collection Account.
    
 
   
    On each Payment  Date, the Indenture  Trustee will be  required to make  the
following  payments,  first, from  Related  Collection Period  Pledged Revenues,
second, to  the  extent  the  Related Collection  Period  Pledged  Revenues  are
insufficient  to pay interest on the Notes  and the Equity Certificiates on such
Payment Date,  the amount  necessary  to cure  such insufficiency  from  Current
Collection  Period Pledged Revenues, and third (but only as to amounts described
in clause  (ii) and  certain amounts  included in  clause (iii)),  from  amounts
permitted  to be withdrawn  from the Cash Collateral  Account as described under
"-- Cash Collateral Account" below, in  the following order of priority  (except
as  otherwise  described  under "--  Events  of  Default; Rights  Upon  Event of
Default" below):
    
 
   
         (i)
    
       the Servicing Fee;
 
        (ii)
       interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the following  order
       of priority:
 
       (a) interest  on the  Class A Notes  (including any  overdue interest and
           interest thereon),
 
   
       (b) interest on the  Class B  Notes (including any  overdue interest  and
           interest thereon) and
    
 
   
       (c) interest  on the Equity Certificates  (including any overdue interest
           and interest thereon);
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
       (iii)
       an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount, as of such Payment Date,
       in respect of principal on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates in  the
       priority described under "-- Principal" below;
    
 
   
        (iv)
       to the Cash Collateral Account, the amount, if any, necessary to increase
       the balance therein to the Requisite Amount; and
    
 
   
         (v)
       the  remainder,  if  any,  to  payment  of  certain  amounts  payable  in
       connection with the Cash Collateral Account and thereafter to the  Equity
       Certificateholders.
    
 
CLASS A INTEREST
 
   
    Interest  will be paid to the Holders of  each Class of the Class A Notes on
each Payment Date, to the extent the Amount Available (after taking into account
any prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is  sufficient
therefor,  at the interest  rate for such  Class specified on  the cover of this
Prospectus (the  "Interest  Rate"  for  such  Class)  on  the  then  outstanding
principal  balance of  the Notes of  such Class,  and will be  calculated on the
basis of a  360-day year consisting  of twelve 30-day  months. Such interest  so
payable  on such Payment Date will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i)
the applicable Interest Rate and (ii) the related Class principal balance as  of
the  immediately preceding  Payment Date (after  giving effect  to reductions in
such principal balance on such immediately preceding Payment Date). Interest  on
each  Class of the Class A Notes will accrue from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding November 15, 1996 (in  the case of the first interest  period),
and  thereafter for  each successive  Payment Date  from and  including the most
recent prior Payment Date to which interest has been paid, to but excluding such
Payment Date.
    
 
   
    In the event  that, on a  given Payment  Date, the Amount  Available is  not
sufficient  to make a full payment of interest  to the Holders of Class A Notes,
the amount of interest to be paid on  the Class A Notes will be allocated  among
each  Class thereof (and within a Class among  the Notes of such Class) pro rata
in accordance with their respective entitlements to interest, and the amount  of
such  shortfall will be  carried forward and, together  with interest thereon at
the applicable Interest Rate, added to the amount of interest such Holders  will
be entitled to receive on the next Payment Date.
    
 
CLASS B INTEREST
 
   
    Interest  will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  B Notes on each Payment
Date, to the extent  the remaining Amount Available  (after taking into  account
any  prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is sufficient
therefor, at the Class B Interest Rate on the then outstanding Class B Principal
Balance, and will be  calculated on the  basis of a  360-day year consisting  of
twelve  30-day months. Such interest so paid  on such Payment Date will be equal
to one-twelfth of  the product of  (i) the Class  B Interest Rate  and (ii)  the
Class  B Principal Balance  as of the immediately  preceding Payment Date (after
giving effect to reductions in the Class B Principal Balance on such immediately
preceding Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class B  Notes will  accrue from  and
including  the Closing Date to  but excluding November 15,  1996 (in the case of
the first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from
and including the  most recent  prior Payment Date  to which  interest has  been
paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
    
 
   
    In  the event  that, on  a given Payment  Date, the  Amount Available, after
payment of interest  on the  Class A  Notes, is not  sufficient to  make a  full
payment  of interest to the Holders of Class  B Notes, the amount of interest to
be paid on the Class B Notes will be allocated among the Notes of such Class pro
rata in  accordance with  their  respective entitlements  to interest,  and  the
amount  of such  shortfall will be  carried forward and,  together with interest
thereon at the  Class B  Interest Rate,  added to  the amount  of interest  such
Holders will be entitled to receive on the next Payment Date.
    
 
PRINCIPAL
 
    To  the extent the remaining Amount Available (after taking into account any
prior applications  described  under  "-- Distributions"  above)  is  sufficient
therefor,  the  amount of  principal  to be  paid on  the  Notes and  the Equity
Certificates on  each Payment  Date  will equal  the Monthly  Principal  Amount.
Principal  payable on the Notes will be paid  in respect of the Class A Notes on
each Payment Date until
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
the Class A-1 Principal  Balance has been  reduced to zero,  then in respect  of
principal  on the Class A-2 Notes until the Class A-2 Principal Balance has been
reduced to zero, then in respect of  principal of the Class A-3 Notes until  the
Class  A-3  Principal Balance  has  been reduced  to  zero, then  in  respect of
principal of the Class A-4 Notes until the Class A-4 Principal Balance has  been
reduced to zero, and then in respect of principal on the Class B Notes until the
Class  B Principal  Balance has  been reduced to  zero. Commencing  on the first
Payment Date, however,     %  of the Monthly Principal  Amount for each  Payment
Date  will be payable  on the Equity  Certificates, on a  parity with payment of
principal on the Notes, until  the aggregate amount so paid  equals $
(which is 1% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
    
 
   
    The  "Monthly Principal Amount" for any  Payment Date will equal the excess,
if any, of (i)  the sum of the  principal balances of the  Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  as of such  Payment Date (determined  prior to the  payment of any
principal in respect thereof on such  Payment Date), over (ii) the aggregate  of
the  Contract Principal Balances of the  Contracts (the "Contract Pool Principal
Balance") as of the last day of  the Collection Period relating to such  Payment
Date.
    
 
   
    The  "Contract Principal Balance" of any Contract  as of the last day of any
Collection Period is:
    
 
   
       (1) in the case  of a  Lease Contract, the  present value  of the  unpaid
           Scheduled  Payments due on such Lease Contract after such last day of
    the Collection Period (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or prior  to,
    but not received as of, such last day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due
    after  such last day and received on or prior thereto) discounted monthly at
    the rate of  8.5% per annum  ( assuming, for  purposes of such  calculation,
    that  each  Scheduled Payment  is  due on  the  last day  of  the applicable
    Collection Period), and
    
 
   
       (2) in the  case of  a Loan  Contract, the  lesser of  (a) the  remaining
           scheduled principal balance of such Loan Contract after giving effect
    to  Scheduled Payments due  on or prior  to such last  day of the Collection
    Period, whether  or  not received,  as  well  as any  Prepayments,  and  any
    Scheduled  Payments due after  such last day,  received on or  prior to such
    last day, and (b) the present value of the unpaid Scheduled Payments due  on
    such  Loan Contract after such last  day of the Collection Period (excluding
    all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to, but not received as of, such last
    day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last day and  received
    prior  thereto), discounted monthly at the rate of 8.5% per annum (assuming,
    for purposes of such calculation, that each Scheduled Payment is due on  the
    last day of the applicable Collection Period).
    
 
   
The  Contract  Principal  Balance  of any  Contract  which  became  a Liquidated
Contract during a given Collection Period or was required to be purchased by TCC
as of the end of  a given Collection Period due  to a breach of  representations
and warranties, will, for purposes of computing the Monthly Principal Amount and
the  Requisite Amount for the  Cash Collateral Account, be  deemed to be zero on
and after the last day of such Collection Period.
    
 
   
    A "Liquidated Contract" is any Contract  (a) which the Servicer has  charged
off  as uncollectible in accordance with  its credit and collection policies and
procedures (which shall be no later than  the date as of which the Servicer  has
repossessed  and disposed of  the related Equipment,  or otherwise collected all
proceeds which, in the  Servicer's reasonable judgment,  can be collected  under
such  Contract),  or (b)  as to  which 10%  or  more of  a Scheduled  Payment is
delinquent 180 days or more.
    
 
   
    The "Collection Period"  for any  Payment Date  will be  the calendar  month
preceding  the  month in  which such  Payment Date  occurs; provided  that, with
respect to the first  Payment Date, the related  Collection Period shall be  the
period from the Cut-Off Date through October 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    The  "Initial  Contract  Pool  Principal  Balance"  is  an  amount  equal to
$3,182,091,856 (which amount is based  upon the Contract Pool Principal  Balance
determined  as of  the Cut-Off  Date, but  discounting the  applicable Scheduled
Payments with respect to Lease Contracts to September 15, 1996, and including an
amount in respect of Scheduled Payments on  the Contracts due prior to, but  not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date).
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
SPECIAL REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
 
   
    If  the Merger  is not consummated,  and the Contracts,  Equipment and other
Trust Assets are not transferred to the Owner Trust, on or prior to November  1,
1996, all of the Notes will be redeemed and paid in full on November 4, 1996, or
on  such  earlier date  as the  Depositor  may elect  upon giving  the Indenture
Trustee written notice thereof  at least five Business  Days prior to such  date
(the  "Special Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Special Redemption
Price") which is  equal to (i)  in respect of  any Class of  Notes, the  initial
offering  price  of such  Class of  Notes as  shown  on the  cover page  of this
Prospectus  plus  (ii)  interest  on  such  initial  offering  price  from  (and
including)  the Closing Date to (but  excluding) the Special Redemption Date, at
the rate of 10% per annum (calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year  comprised
of  twelve 30-day months). The Special Redemption  Price in respect of the Notes
will be paid  from the amounts  on deposit  in the Escrow  Account as  described
under "The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust," which amounts will
be  sufficient (without regard to any proceeds  of the investment thereof) to so
pay the Special Redemption Price on the Special Redemption Date.
    
 
   
    If the Merger is consummated on or prior to November 1, 1996, the Contracts,
the Depositor's interest  in the related  Equipment and the  other Trust  Assets
will  be transferred by  the Depositor to  the Owner Trust  on the Transfer Date
(which shall be the Merger Consummation Date or a date soon thereafter) and  the
amounts on deposit in the Escrow Account will be applied as described under "Use
of Proceeds."
    
 
   
    In the event of a Special Redemption, for so long as the Notes are listed on
the  Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Servicer shall provide public notice of such
redemption in Luxembourg by publication in a newspaper of general publication in
Luxembourg, expected  to  be the  "Luxemburger  Wort," as  soon  as  practicable
following  the Special Redemption Date  but in no event  more than five Business
Days thereafter.
    
 
   
SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B NOTES AND EQUITY CERTIFICATES
    
 
   
    The likelihood  of  payment of  interest  on each  Class  of Notes  will  be
enhanced  by  the application  of  the Amount  Available,  after payment  of the
Servicing Fee, to the payment of such interest prior to the payment of principal
on any of the Notes or the  Equity Certificates, as well as by the  preferential
right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive such interest (1) in
the case of the Class A Notes, prior to the payment of any interest on the Class
B  Notes or the Equity Certificates,  and (2) in the case  of the Class B Notes,
prior to the payment of any  interest on the Equity Certificates. Likewise,  the
likelihood  of payment of principal  on each Class of  Notes will be enhanced by
the preferential right of  the Holders of  Notes of each  such Class to  receive
such  principal, to the extent of the Amount Available after payment of interest
on the Notes and the  Equity Certificates as aforesaid, (i)  in the case of  the
Class  A Notes, prior  to the payment of  any principal on the  Class B Notes or
(except as described  under "--  Principal" above) the  Equity Certificates  and
(ii)  in the case of the Class B Notes, prior to the payment of any principal on
the Equity Certificates, except as described under "-- Principal" above.
    
 
CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT
 
   
    The Cash Collateral Account will be established on or prior to the  Transfer
Date  and  will  thereafter be  available  to  the Indenture  Trustee.  The Cash
Collateral Account will initially be funded  in an amount equal to     % of  the
Initial  Contract Pool Principal Balance  (approximately $       ) (the "Initial
Amount"). Amounts on deposit  from time to time  in the Cash Collateral  Account
(up  to, but  not in excess  of, the  Requisite Amount described  below, and not
including any  investment earnings  on such  funds) shall  be used  to fund  the
following amounts in the following order of priority (to the extent that amounts
on  deposit in the  Collection Account as  of any Deposit  Date are insufficient
therefor and  provided that  any such  insufficiency has  resulted, directly  or
indirectly,  from delinquencies or defaults, or  both, on the Contracts): (i) to
pay interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the following order  of
priority:  (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue interest and
interest thereon), (b)  interest on  the Class  B Notes  (including any  overdue
interest  and  interest thereon)  and (c)  interest  on the  Equity Certificates
(including any overdue interest and interest thereon); (ii) to pay any Principal
Deficiency
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
   
Amount (equal  to the  lesser of  (a) the  aggregate Liquidation  Losses on  all
Contracts  that became Liquidated Contracts during the related Collection Period
(the "Current Realized Losses") or (b) the excess, if any, of (A) the  aggregate
principal  balance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates (after giving effect
to all other  distributions of  principal on such  Payment Date),  over (B)  the
aggregate of the Required Payoff Amounts for all Contracts as of the last day of
the  related Collection  Period); and  (iii) to pay  principal on  the Notes and
Equity Certificates at the applicable Stated Maturity Date thereof.
    
 
   
    "Liquidation Loss" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the excess, if any,
of (1) the  Required Payoff Amount  of such Contract  for the Collection  Period
during  which such Contract became a  Liquidated Contract, over (2) that portion
of the Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract allocated to the  Notes
and  the  Equity  Certificates  (as described  under  "--  Liquidated Contracts"
below).
    
 
    The "Required Payoff Amount," with respect to any Collection Period for  any
Contract,  is  equal  to the  sum  of: (i)  the  Scheduled Payment  due  in such
Collection Period, together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior  Collection
Periods  and not yet received, plus (ii)  the Contract Principal Balance of such
Contract as of the last day of such Collection Period (after taking into account
the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).
 
   
    If and to  the extent  that the  amount on  deposit in  the Cash  Collateral
Account  as of  any Payment Date  is less  than the Requisite  Amount, then such
deficiency is to be restored from the remaining Amount Available, after  payment
of  the Servicing  Fee and interest  and principal  on the Notes  and the Equity
Certificates as described under "-- Distributions" above. The "Requisite Amount"
will be (i) for any  Payment Date on or prior  to the Payment Date occurring  in
            ,   1997,  the  Initial  Amount,  and  (ii)  for  any  Payment  Date
thereafter, an amount equal  to the greater  of (a) the sum  of (1)    % of  the
Contract  Pool Principal Balance for such Payment  Date, plus (2) the excess, if
any, of  (A) the  sum of  the principal  balances of  the Notes  and the  Equity
Certificates  after giving effect to any payment of principal in respect thereof
on such Payment  Date, over  (B) the Contract  Pool Principal  Balance for  such
Payment  Date, and  (b) $         (which  is    %  of the  Initial Contract Pool
Principal Balance). Any  amount on  deposit in  the Cash  Collateral Account  in
excess of the Requisite Amount, and all investment earnings on funds in the Cash
Collateral  Account, will be released from  the Cash Collateral Account and paid
to or  upon the  order of  the  Depositor, and  will not  be available  to  make
payments on the Notes or the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    The  Cash  Collateral Account  must  be an  Eligible  Account, and  funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account will be invested in Eligible  Investments
(each as defined under "-- Trust Accounts" below).
    
 
LIQUIDATED CONTRACTS
 
   
    Liquidation  Proceeds received with respect to the liquidation of a Contract
and the related Equipment  (which will be reduced  by any related  out-of-pocket
liquidation expenses) will be allocated as follows: (i) with respect to any Loan
Contract,  all such Liquidation Proceeds will be  allocated to the Notes and the
Equity  Certificates;  and  (ii)  with  respect  to  any  Lease  Contract,  such
Liquidation Proceeds will be allocated on a pro rata basis between the Equipment
Certificate,  on the one hand, and the Notes and the Equity Certificates, on the
other, based respectively on (a) the "Book Value" of the Equipment (which is  an
amount  equal to the value of the Equipment as shown on the accounting books and
records of  TCC  or the  applicable  Originator,  as appropriate)  and  (b)  the
Required  Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract; provided that, in the event the
Liquidation Proceeds in  respect of  any Lease Contract  exceed the  sum of  the
Required  Payoff Amount  for such  Contract and  the Book  Value of  the related
Equipment,  any  such  excess  shall  be  allocated  solely  to  the   Equipment
Certificate.  All Liquidation Proceeds  which are so allocable  to the Notes and
the Equity  Certificates  will  be  deposited  in  the  Collection  Account  and
constitute  Pledged  Revenues  to be  applied  to  the payment  of  interest and
principal on  the Notes  and  the Equity  Certificates  in accordance  with  the
priorities described under "-- Distributions" above.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts and the related Equipment on
any Payment Date following the date on which the unpaid principal balance of the
Notes  and the Equity Certificates is less than 10% of the Initial Contract Pool
Principal Balance.  The  purchase price  to  be  paid in  connection  with  such
purchase  shall be at least  equal to the unpaid  principal balance of the Notes
and the Equity Certificates as of such Payment Date plus interest to be paid  on
the  Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date, plus the Book Value
of the Equipment. The proceeds of such purchase shall be applied on such Payment
Date (1) as to  such proceeds in  an amount necessary to  pay the principal  and
interest  of  the Notes  and  the Equity  Certificates,  to the  payment  of the
remaining principal balance of the  Notes and the Equity Certificates,  together
with  one month's interest thereon, and (2)  as to the balance of such proceeds,
to the payment of amounts on the Equipment Certificate.
    
 
TRUST ACCOUNTS
 
   
    The Indenture  Trustee  will  establish and  maintain  under  the  Indenture
segregated  trust accounts (which need not  be deposit accounts, but which shall
constitute "Eligible  Accounts"), consisting  of the  "Collection Account,"  the
"Servicing  Account," the "Note  Distribution Account" and  the "Escrow Account"
(collectively, the "Trust  Accounts"). An "Eligible  Account" means any  account
which  is (i)  an account  maintained with  an Eligible  Institution (as defined
below); (ii) an account or accounts the  deposits in which are fully insured  by
either  the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund of the
FDIC; (iii) a  "segregated trust  account" maintained with  the corporate  trust
department  of  a federal  or state  chartered  depository institution  or trust
company with trust powers and acting  in its fiduciary capacity for the  benefit
of  the Indenture  Trustee, which  depository institution  or trust  company has
capital and surplus (or,  if such depository institution  or trust company is  a
subsidiary  of  a bank  holding  company system,  the  bank holding  company has
capital and surplus)  of not less  than $50,000,000 and  the securities of  such
depository  institution or trust company (or,  if such depository institution or
trust company  is  a  subsidiary of  a  bank  holding company  system  and  such
depository  institution's  or  trust  company's securities  are  not  rated, the
securities of the bank holding  company) have a credit  rating from each of  the
Rating  Agencies (if  rated by such  Rating Agency)  which signifies "investment
grade"; or (iv)  an account that  will not  cause any Rating  Agency to  reduce,
qualify  or withdraw  its then-current  rating assigned  to the  Notes or Equity
Certificates,  as  confirmed  in  writing  by  such  Rating  Agency.   "Eligible
Institution"  means any depository  institution organized under  the laws of the
United States or any state, the deposits of which are insured to the full extent
permitted by  law by  the Bank  Insurance Fund  (currently administered  by  the
Federal  Deposit Insurance Corporation), whose  short-term deposits or unsecured
long-term debt have a credit rating from  each of the Rating Agencies (if  rated
by  such Rating Agency), and which is  subject to supervision and examination by
federal or state authorities.
    
 
   
    The Servicer,  as  agent  for  the  Indenture  Trustee,  may  designate,  or
otherwise  arrange for the purchase by  the Indenture Trustee of, investments to
be made with funds  in the Trust Accounts,  which investments shall be  Eligible
Investments  (as defined in the  Indenture) that will mature  not later than the
business  day  preceding   the  applicable  monthly   Payment  Date.   "Eligible
Investments"  include, among other investments, obligations of the United States
or of any  agency thereof  backed by  the full faith  and credit  of the  United
States;  federal  funds, certificates  of  deposit, time  deposits  and bankers'
acceptances  sold  by  eligible   financial  institutions;  certain   repurchase
agreements  with  eligible institutions  and other  investments which  would not
result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of any rating of the  Notes
or Equity Certificates by any Rating Agency.
    
 
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
    The  Servicer  will  furnish to  the  Indenture Trustee,  and  the Indenture
Trustee will include  with each  distribution to  a Noteholder,  a statement  in
respect of the related Payment Date setting forth, among other things:
 
   
           (i)
           the  amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-1  Notes, including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-1 Notes;
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
          (ii)
           the amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-2  Notes, including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-2 Notes;
    
 
   
         (iii)
           the  amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-3  Notes, including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-3 Notes;
    
 
   
          (iv)
           the amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-4  Notes, including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-4 Notes;
    
 
   
           (v)
           the  amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  B Notes,  including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class B Notes;
    
 
   
          (vi)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-1 Notes;
 
   
         (vii)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-2 Notes;
 
   
        (viii)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-3 Notes;
 
   
          (ix)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-4 Notes;
 
   
           (x)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class B Notes;
 
   
          (xi)
    
           the Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;
 
   
         (xii)
           the amount of  interest and  principal (if  any) paid  on the  Equity
           Certificates; and
    
 
   
        (xiii)
           the Requisite Amount of the Cash Collateral Account and the amount on
           deposit  in the Cash  Collateral Account (after  giving effect to any
           deposits and withdrawals to be made on the Payment Date).
    
 
    The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC and will not be
registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees. As a result,
unless and  until  Definitive Notes  are  issued in  the  limited  circumstances
described  under  "-- Definitive  Notes" below,  beneficial  owners will  not be
recognized by the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders, as that term is used in  the
Indenture.  Hence, until such  time, beneficial owners  will receive reports and
other information provided  for under  the Indenture only  if, when  and to  the
extent  provided by DTC  and its participating  organizations. The Servicer will
file a copy of  each such report  with the Commission on  Form 8-K. However,  in
accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder,  the  Depositor expects  that the  Trust's  obligation to  file such
reports will be terminated at the end of 1996.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
   
    Each Class of  Notes will  initially be represented  by one  or more  Global
Notes  registered in  the name  of the  nominee of  DTC. The  Depositor has been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Noteholders may hold their
Notes through DTC (in the United States) or Cedel Bank or Euroclear (in Europe),
which in  turn  hold through  DTC,  if they  are  participants of  such  systems
("Participants"),  or indirectly through organizations  that are participants in
such systems. Cedel Bank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf  of
the  Cedel  Bank  Participants  and  the  Euroclear  Participants, respectively,
through customers' securities accounts in Cedel Bank's and Euroclear's names  on
the  books of  their respective  depositories (collectively,  the "International
Depositories") which in turn will  hold such positions in customers'  securities
accounts in the International Depositories' names on the books of DTC.
    
 
    DTC  is a New York-chartered limited-purpose  trust company, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"  within the meaning of the  UCC
in  effect in the State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant
to the provisions of Section 17A of  the Exchange Act. DTC holds securities  for
its   Participants  ("DTC  Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and
settlement among Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers  and
pledges,  in  deposited  securities  through  electronic  book-entry  changes in
Participants' accounts, thereby  eliminating the need  for physical movement  of
securities.  Participants include  securities brokers and  dealers, banks, trust
companies, clearing  corporations,  and certain  other  organizations.  Indirect
access to the DTC system is also
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
available  to others  such as securities  brokers and dealers,  banks, and trust
companies that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with  a
Participant,  either directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants"). The rules
applicable to DTC and its Participants are on file with the Commission.
 
    Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC  rules.
Transfers  between Cedel Bank Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur
in the ordinary  way in  accordance with  their applicable  rules and  operating
procedures.
 
   
    Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through DTC in the United  States, on the one  hand, and directly or  indirectly
through  Cedel Bank  Participants or Euroclear  Participants on  the other hand,
will be effected  through DTC  in accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of  the
relevant European international clearing system by its International Depository;
however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to
the  relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in such
system in accordance with  its rules and procedures  and within its  established
deadlines  (European time). The relevant  European international clearing system
will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions
to its International Depository to take action to effect final settlement on its
behalf by delivering  or receiving securities  in DTC, and  making or  receiving
payment  in  accordance with  normal  procedures for  same-day  funds settlement
applicable to DTC. Cedel  Bank Participants and  Euroclear Participants may  not
deliver instructions directly to the International Depositories.
    
 
    Because  of time-zone differences,  credits of securities  received in Cedel
Bank or Euroclear as a  result of a transaction with  a DTC Participant will  be
made  during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date,  and such credits or any transactions  in
such  securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Cedel Bank  Participant or  Euroclear  Participant on  such business  day.  Cash
received  in Cedel Bank  or Euroclear as a  result of sales  of securities by or
through a Cedel Bank Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available  in
the  relevant Cedel Bank or  Euroclear cash account only  as of the business day
following settlement in DTC. For additional information regarding clearance  and
settlement  procedures  and with  respect to  tax documentation  procedures, see
"Global Clearance,  Settlement and  Tax Documentation  Procedures" and  "Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements" in Appendix A.
 
    Note Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire to
purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in, Notes
may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants. Note Owners  will
receive  all distributions from  the Indenture Trustee  through Participants and
Indirect Participants. Note Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
payments, since such  payments will  be forwarded  by the  Indenture Trustee  to
DTC's  nominee.  DTC  will  forward such  payments  to  its  Participants, which
thereafter will  forward them  to  Indirect Participants  or Note  Owners.  Note
Owners  will not be recognized by the  Indenture Trustee as Noteholders and Note
Owners will be permitted to exercise  the rights of Noteholders only  indirectly
through DTC and its Participants.
 
    Under  the rules, regulations and procedures  creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to  make book-entry transfers  of
Notes  among Participants on whose behalf it  acts with respect to the Notes and
to  receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  amounts  payable  on  the  Notes.
Participants  and  Indirect Participants  with which  Note Owners  have accounts
similarly are required  to make  book-entry transfers and  receive and  transmit
such  payments on behalf of their  respective Note Owners. Accordingly, although
Note Owners  will not  possess Notes,  the Rules  provide a  mechanism by  which
Participants will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.
 
    Because  DTC can  act only  on behalf  of Participants,  who in  turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain  banks, the ability of a Note  Owner
to  pledge  Notes to  persons or  entities that  do not  participate in  the DTC
system, or to otherwise act  with respect to such Notes,  may be limited due  to
the lack of a physical certificate for such Notes.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    DTC  has advised the Depositor that it  will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture, only at the direction of one or  more
Participants  to whose accounts  with DTC the  Notes are credited.  DTC may take
conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that
such actions are  taken on behalf  of Participants whose  holdings include  such
undivided interests.
 
    Except as required by law, the Depositor, the Owner Trust, and the Indenture
Trustee will not have any liability for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments  made on account of beneficial ownership  interest of the Notes held by
DTC's nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
    DTC may discontinue  providing its  services as  securities depository  with
respect  to the Notes at  any time by giving  reasonable notice to the Indenture
Trustee. Under  such circumstances,  in the  event that  a successor  securities
depository  is not  obtained, Definitive  Notes are  required to  be printed and
delivered. See "-- Definitive Notes."
 
    The information in this section  concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry  system
has  been obtained from sources that the  Depositor believes to be reliable, but
the Depositor takes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof.
 
    Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel Bank") is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg as a  professional depository.  Cedel Bank holds  securities for  its
Participants  ("Cedel  Bank  Participants") and  facilitates  the  clearance and
settlement of securities  transactions between Cedel  Bank Participants  through
electronic  book-entry changes in  accounts of Cedel  Bank Participants, thereby
eliminating the need for  physical movement of  securities. Transactions may  be
settled  by Cedel Bank in numerous  currencies, including United States dollars.
Cedel Bank provides to its Cedel Bank Participants, among other things, services
for safekeeping,  administration, clearance  and settlement  of  internationally
traded  securities and securities  lending and borrowing.  Cedel Bank interfaces
with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository,  Cedel
Bank  is subject to regulations by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedel Bank
Participants are recognized financial  institutions around the world,  including
underwriters,  securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations and may include the Underwriters of
the Notes. Indirect access to  Cedel Bank is also  available to others, such  as
banks,  brokers, dealers  and trust companies  that clear through  or maintain a
custodial relationship  with  a  Cedel  Bank  Participant,  either  directly  or
indirectly.
 
    The  Euroclear System (the  "Euroclear System") was created  in 1968 to hold
securities for participants of  the Euroclear System ("Euroclear  Participants")
and  to  clear and  settle transactions  between Euroclear  Participants through
simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating
the need  for  physical  movement  of  securities and  any  risk  from  lack  of
simultaneous  transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions may now be settled
in numerous currencies,  including United States  dollars. The Euroclear  System
includes  various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in  several countries generally similar to  the
arrangements  for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is  operated by  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company  of New  York,  Brussels,
Belgium  office (the "Euroclear  Operator" or "Euroclear"),  under contract with
Euroclear  Clearance  System,  S.C.,  a  Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear  Operator, not the  Cooperative. The Cooperative  establishes
policy  for the Euroclear system on  behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear
Participants include  banks (including  central banks),  securities brokers  and
dealers  and  other professional  financial intermediaries  and may  include the
Underwriters. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other
firms that clear through or maintain  a custodial relationship with a  Euroclear
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of  a  New  York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board  of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System
and  the  New York  State Banking  Department,  as well  as the  Belgian Banking
Commission.
 
    Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear  Operator
are  governed by  the Terms  and Conditions Governing  Use of  Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian  law
(collectively,  the  "Terms and  Conditions"). The  Terms and  Conditions govern
transfers of  securities and  cash within  the Euroclear  System, withdrawal  of
securities  and cash  from the Euroclear  System, and receipts  of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System. All securities in the  Euroclear
System  are held on a fungible  basis without attribution of specific securities
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no  record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
 
   
    Distributions  with respect  to Notes held  through Cedel  Bank or Euroclear
will be credited to  the cash accounts of  Cedel Bank Participants or  Euroclear
Participants  in accordance with the relevant  system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its International Depository. Such distributions will  be
subject  to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. Cedel Bank or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take
any other action permitted to  be taken by a  Noteholder under the Indenture  on
behalf of a Cedel Bank Participant or a Euroclear Participant only in accordance
with  its  relevant  rules  and  procedures  and  subject  to  its International
Depository's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.
    
 
    Although DTC,  Cedel  Bank  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures  in order to facilitate transfers of Notes among participants of DTC,
Cedel Bank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
   
    A paying agent  shall be maintained  in respect of  the Notes in  Luxembourg
(the  "Luxembourg Paying  Agent") for  so long  as the  Notes are  listed on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Kredietbank  S.A. Luxembourgeoise has been  appointed
as  the initial Luxembourg Paying  Agent. Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise shall
be appointed transfer agent  in Luxembourg, with respect  to the Notes, in  case
the Global Notes are replaced by Definitive Notes.
    
 
DEFINITIVE NOTES
 
    The  Notes of each Class will be  issued in registered, certificated form to
the Note Owners  of such Class  or their nominees  ("Definitive Notes"),  rather
than  to the Depository or  its nominee, only if  (i) the Depository advises the
Indenture Trustee in writing that it is  no longer willing or able to  discharge
properly  its responsibilities as  Depository with respect to  the Notes of such
Class, and the Indenture Trustee is  unable to locate a qualified successor,  or
(ii) Note Owners representing not less than 50% of the principal balance of such
Class  advise the Indenture  Trustee and the  Depository through Participants in
writing that the continuation of a  book-entry system through the Depository  is
no longer in the best interest of the Note Owners of such Class.
 
    Upon  the  occurrence of  any  of the  events  described in  the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Depository  is required to  notify all Participants  of
the  availability through the Depository of  Definitive Notes. Upon surrender by
the Depository  of the  definitive  certificate representing  the Notes  of  the
affected  Class and  instructions for  registration, the  Indenture Trustee will
issue the Notes of such Class as Definitive Notes, and thereafter the  Indenture
Trustee  will recognize the Note Owners  of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders
under the Indenture.
 
    Distributions of principal  and interest on  the Notes will  be made by  the
Indenture  Trustee directly to Noteholders in accordance with the procedures set
forth herein and in the Indenture. Interest payments and any principal  payments
on  each Payment Date will be made  to Noteholders in whose names the Definitive
Notes were  registered at  the close  of business  on the  related Record  Date.
Distributions will be
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
made  by check  mailed to the  address of such  Noteholder as it  appears on the
register maintained by  the Indenture Trustee.  The final payment  on any  Note,
however,  will be made only upon presentation  and surrender of such Note at the
office or agency specified in the  notice of final distribution to  Noteholders.
The  Indenture Trustee will provide such notice to registered Noteholders mailed
not later than the fifth day of the month of such final distributions.
 
   
    Definitive Notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the
transfer agent and registrar, which initially will be the Indenture Trustee  (in
such   capacity,  the  "Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar")  and  the  offices  of
Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise which shall  be appointed as transfer agent  in
Luxembourg  in  respect  of  such  Definitive  Notes  (the  "Luxembourg Transfer
Agent"). No service charge will be  imposed for any registration of transfer  or
exchange,  but the  Transfer Agent  and Registrar may  require payment  of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or  other governmental charge imposed in  connection
therewith. The Transfer Agent and Registrar will not be required to register the
transfer  or exchange of  Definitive Notes for  the period from  the Record Date
preceding the due date for any payment to the Payment Date with respect to  such
Definitive Notes.
    
 
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITHOUT NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
   
    The  Owner  Trust and  the  Indenture Trustee  may,  without consent  of the
Noteholders, enter  into one  or more  supplemental indentures  for any  of  the
following  purposes: (i) to correct or amplify the description of the collateral
or add additional collateral;  (ii) to provide for  the assumption of the  Notes
and  the Indenture obligations by  a permitted successor to  the Owner Trust (as
described under "-- Certain Covenants");  (iii) to add additional covenants  for
the  benefit of the Noteholders,  or to surrender any  rights or power conferred
upon the Owner Trust; (iv) to  convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge  any
property  to or with the Indenture Trustee; (v) to cure any ambiguity or correct
or supplement any provision  in the Indenture or  in any supplemental  indenture
which  may be inconsistent  with any other  provision of the  Indenture; (vi) to
provide for the acceptance of the  appointment of a successor Indenture  Trustee
or  to  add to  or change  any  of the  provisions of  the  Indenture or  in any
supplemental indenture as  shall be  necessary and permitted  to facilitate  the
administration  by more than one  trustee; (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add to
the provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust Indenture  Act
of 1939, as amended; (viii) to avoid a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of
any  rating of the  Notes; or (ix)  to add any  provisions to, or  change in any
manner or eliminate any of the provisions of, the Indenture or to modify in  any
manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, provided that
such  action shall not, as evidenced by  an opinion of counsel, adversely affect
in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder.
    
 
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITH NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
    With the consent  of the Holders  representing a majority  of the  principal
balance  of each Class  of the Notes  then outstanding (a  "Note Majority"), the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture  to
add  provisions to  change in  any manner  or eliminate  any provisions  of, the
Indenture, or modify in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.
 
   
    Without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby,
however, no supplemental indenture may: (i) change the date, timing or method of
determination of any  installment of  principal of or  interest on  any Note  or
reduce  the principal amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the
redemption price with respect  thereto or change the  manner of calculating  any
such  payment or any place  of payment where, or the  coin or currency in which,
any Note or any interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to  institute
suit  for  the  enforcement of  certain  provisions of  the  Indenture regarding
payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of each Class of the Notes then outstanding
the consent  of the  Holders of  which  is required  for any  such  supplemental
indenture  or  for  any waiver  of  compliance  with certain  provisions  of the
Indenture or of certain defaults thereunder and their consequences; (iv)  modify
or  alter the provisions of the Indenture  regarding the voting of Notes held by
the Owner Trust, any other obligor on  the Notes, the Depositor or an  affiliate
of  any of  them; (v)  reduce the  percentage of  the Notes  the consent  of the
Holders of  which  is  required to  direct  the  Indenture Trustee  to  sell  or
liquidate   the  Pledged  Revenues  if  the  proceeds  of  such  sale  would  be
insufficient to pay the
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
   
principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes;  (vi)
reduce  the percentage of each  Class of the Notes  then outstanding required to
amend the sections of the Indenture  which specify the applicable percentage  of
each  Class of the  Notes then outstanding  necessary to amend  the Indenture or
certain other related agreements; (vii) permit the creation of any lien  ranking
prior  to or on a parity  with the lien of the  Indenture with respect to any of
the collateral for the Notes or,  except as otherwise permitted or  contemplated
in  the Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or
deprive the Holder  of any  Note of  the security afforded  by the  lien of  the
Indenture;  or (viii) result in a  reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the
rating of any Class of Notes by a Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing by each
Rating Agency.
    
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
   
    "Events of Default" under the Indenture  will consist of: (i) a default  for
five  days or more in the  payment of interest due on  any Note; (ii) failure to
pay the unpaid principal  amount of any  Class of Notes  on the Stated  Maturity
Date  or any  redemption date (including  the Special Redemption  Date) for such
Class; (iii) a default in the observance or performance in any material  respect
of  any covenant or agreement  of the Owner Trust made  in the Indenture, or any
representation or warranty made by  the Owner Trust in  the Indenture or in  any
certificate  delivered pursuant thereto  or in connection  therewith having been
incorrect as of the time made, and  the continuation of any such default or  the
failure  to cure such breach of a representation  or warranty for a period of 30
days after notice thereof is given to  the Owner Trust by the Indenture  Trustee
or  to the Owner Trust and the Indenture  Trustee by the Holders of at least 25%
in principal amount  of the Notes  then outstanding; or  (iv) certain events  of
bankruptcy,  insolvency, receivership or  liquidation of the  Owner Trust or the
Depositor.
    
 
    If an Event of Default  should occur and be  continuing with respect to  the
Notes, the Indenture Trustee or a Note Majority may declare the principal of the
Notes  to be  immediately due and  payable. Such declaration  may, under certain
circumstances, be rescinded by a Note Majority.
 
   
    If the  Notes have  been declared  due  and payable  following an  Event  of
Default,  the Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to collect amounts due
or foreclose on Pledged Revenues, exercise remedies as a secured party, sell the
related Pledged Revenues or elect to have the Owner Trust maintain possession of
the Pledged Revenues and continue to  apply collections on the Pledged  Revenues
as  if there  had been  no declaration  of acceleration.  The Indenture Trustee,
however, will be prohibited from selling the Pledged Revenues following an Event
of Default, unless (i) the Holders of all the outstanding Notes consent to  such
sale;  (ii) the proceeds of such sale  distributable to Holders of the Notes are
sufficient to pay in full the principal  of and the accrued interest on all  the
outstanding  Notes at  the date  of such  sale; or  (iii) the  Indenture Trustee
determines that the proceeds of the Pledged Revenues would not be sufficient  on
an  ongoing basis to make all payments on  the Notes as such payments would have
become due if such obligations  had not been declared  due and payable, and  the
Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate
outstanding  amount  of the  Notes.  Following a  declaration  upon an  Event of
Default that  the  Notes  are  immediately due  and  payable,  any  proceeds  of
liquidation  of the Pledged Revenues, will be  applied in the following order of
priority: (i) to the reimbursement of the Trustee for its expenses; (ii) to  the
payment  of interest and principal on the  Class A-1 Notes; (iii) to the payment
of interest  and principal  on  the Class  A-2 Notes;  (iv)  to the  payment  of
interest  and principal on the  Class A-3 Notes; (v)  to the payment of interest
and principal  on the  Class A-4  Notes; (vi)  to the  payment of  interest  and
principal  on the Class B Notes; (vii)  to the payment of interest and principal
on the Equity  Certificates; and  (viii) the remainder,  if any,  to payment  of
certain  amounts  payable in  connection with  the  Cash Collateral  Account and
thereafter to the Equity Certificateholders.
    
 
    Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture relating to  the duties of  the
Indenture  Trustee,  if  an  Event  of Default  occurs  and  is  continuing, the
Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation  to exercise any of the rights  or
powers  under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of
the Notes,  if  the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes  it  will  not  be
adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in complying with such request. Subject to the provisions  for
indemnification  and  certain limitations  contained  in the  Indenture,  a Note
Majority will have
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
the right to direct the time, method  and place of conducting any proceeding  or
any  remedy available  to the  Indenture Trustee,  and a  Note Majority  may, in
certain cases, waive any default with  respect thereto, except a default in  the
payment  of  principal or  interest or  a default  in respect  of a  covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all of the Holders of such outstanding Notes.
 
    No Holder of a  Note will have  the right to  institute any proceeding  with
respect  to the Indenture,  unless (i) such  Holder previously has  given to the
Indenture Trustee written  notice of  a continuing  Event of  Default, (ii)  the
Holders  of not less than 25% in  principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
made written request of  the Indenture Trustee to  institute such proceeding  in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered the
Indenture  Trustee reasonable indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture  Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding, and (v) no direction inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such  60-day
period  by the  Holders of  a majority in  principal amount  of such outstanding
Notes.
 
    If an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing and  if it is known to  the
Indenture  Trustee, the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default  within 90 days after  it occurs. Except in  the case of  a
failure  to pay principal of or interest  on any Note, the Indenture Trustee may
withhold the  notice  if  and so  long  as  it determines  in  good  faith  that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders.
 
    In  addition, the  Indenture Trustee and  the Noteholders,  by accepting the
Notes, will  covenant that  they will  not  at any  time institute  against  the
Depositor  or the Owner Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
 
    Neither the  Indenture  Trustee nor  the  Owner Trustee  in  its  individual
capacity, nor any Holder of a Note including, without limitation, the Depositor,
nor  any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors,
employees, affiliates, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an  express
agreement  to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the Notes or
for any agreement or covenant of the Owner Trust contained in the Indenture.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
   
    The Indenture will provide that the Owner Trust may not consolidate with  or
merge  into any other entity, unless (i)  the entity formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger is organized under the laws of the United States or  any
state, (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's obligation to make due and
punctual  payments upon  the Notes  and the  performance or  observance of every
agreement and covenant of the Owner Trust under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be  continuing immediately after such merger  or
consolidation,  (iv) the Owner Trustee  has been advised that  the rating of the
Notes and  the  Equity Certificates  then  in effect  would  not be  reduced  or
withdrawn  by the Rating Agencies  as a result of  such merger or consolidation,
(v) the Owner Trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such
consolidation or merger would  have no material adverse  tax consequence to  the
Owner Trust or to any Noteholder or Equity Certificateholder, and (vi) the Owner
Trust  or the Person (if other than the Owner Trust) formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger has a net worth, immediately after such consolidation or
merger, that is (a) greater than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the
Owner Trust immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger.
    
 
    The Owner  Trust will  not,  among other  things,  (i) except  as  expressly
permitted  by the Indenture or the  Trust Agreement, sell, transfer, exchange or
otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Owner Trust, (ii) claim any credit
on or make any deduction from the  principal and interest payable in respect  of
the  related Notes  (other than  amounts withheld  under the  Code or applicable
state law) or  assert any claim  against any  present or former  Holder of  such
Notes  because of the payment of taxes  levied or assessed upon the Owner Trust,
(iii) dissolve or liquidate  in whole or  in part, (iv)  permit the validity  or
effectiveness  of  the Indenture  to  be impaired  or  permit any  person  to be
released from any covenants or obligations  with respect to the Notes under  the
Indenture  except  as  may be  expressly  permitted  thereby, or  (v)  except as
expressly permitted by the  Indenture, the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  or
the Trust
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
Agreement,  permit any lien, charge,  excise, claim, security interest, mortgage
or other encumbrance to be  created on or extend to  or otherwise arise upon  or
burden  the  assets of  the Owner  Trust or  any part  thereof, or  any interest
therein or proceeds thereof.
 
    The Owner Trust may not engage in any activity other than as specified under
"The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust." The Owner Trust will not
incur, assume or  guarantee any  indebtedness other  than indebtedness  incurred
pursuant  to the  Notes and  the Indenture or  otherwise in  accordance with the
Indenture, the Trust Agreement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
 
    The Owner Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee
a written  statement  as  to  the  fulfillment  of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT
 
    The  Indenture Trustee will be required to mail each year to all Noteholders
a brief report  relating to  its eligibility  and qualification  to continue  as
Indenture  Trustee under the related Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under
the  Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate  and  maturity  date  of   certain
indebtedness owing by the Owner Trust to the Indenture Trustee in its individual
capacity,  the property  and funds physically  held by the  Indenture Trustee as
such and any action taken by it  that materially affects the Notes and that  has
not been previously reported.
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
 
    The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing the
Notes upon the delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all
such Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee
of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of such Notes.
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
   
    The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank will  be  the Indenture  Trustee.  The Indenture
Trustee may resign at any time, in  which event the Depositor will be  obligated
to  appoint a  successor trustee.  The Depositor  may also  remove the Indenture
Trustee if the Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under
the Indenture,  if the  Indenture Trustee  becomes insolvent  or if  the  rating
assigned  to the long-term  unsecured debt obligations  of the Indenture Trustee
(or the holding company thereof) by  the Rating Agencies shall be lowered  below
the  rating of "BBB", "Baa3" or equivalent  rating or be withdrawn by any Rating
Agency. In such  circumstances, the  Depositor will  be obligated  to appoint  a
successor  trustee.  Any resignation  or removal  of  the Indenture  Trustee and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by a successor trustee.
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
    On,  or  soon  after, the  Merger  Consummation Date,  the  Originators will
transfer to the Depositor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement all of their right,
title and interest  in the Contracts  and the related  Equipment, including  all
security  interests  created  thereby  and therein,  the  right  to  receive all
Scheduled Payments and  Prepayments received on  the Contracts on  or after  the
Cut-Off Date (including all Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received as
of,  the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or after, but
received prior  to,  the Cut-Off  Date),  all rights  under  insurance  policies
maintained  on the Equipment pursuant to  the Contracts, all documents contained
in the Contract Files and  all proceeds derived from  any of the foregoing  (the
date of such transfer being herein referred to as the "Transfer Date"). Pursuant
to  the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement,  on the Transfer  Date, the Depositor
will transfer  all of  the foregoing,  together with  all its  rights under  the
Purchase Agreement, to the Owner Trust.
    
 
   
    The  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  designate  the  Servicer  as
custodian to maintain possession, as the  Owner Trust's agent, of the  Contracts
and   all  documents   related  thereto.   To  facilitate   servicing  and  save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar documents that are in TCC's possession. UCC financing statements will be
filed on  the  Transfer Date  in  the applicable  jurisdictions  reflecting  the
assignment  of  the  Contracts  and  the Equipment  by  the  Originators  to the
Depositor, the transfer by the Depositor to  the Owner Trust, and the pledge  by
the  Owner  Trust  to the  Indenture  Trustee, and  the  Originators' accounting
records and computer systems will also reflect such assignments and pledge.  The
Contracts  will  not,  however, be  stamped  or otherwise  physically  marked to
reflect their assignment to  the Owner Trust. If,  through fraud, negligence  or
otherwise,  a subsequent purchaser were able  to take physical possession of the
Contracts without  knowledge of  the  assignment, the  Trust's interest  in  the
Contracts  could be defeated. See "Risk Factors  -- Certain Legal Aspects of the
Contracts" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."
    
 
COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS
 
   
    The Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain a Servicing Account,  into
which  the Servicer will  deposit, no later  than the second  Business Day after
receipt thereof, all Scheduled  Payments, Prepayments, Liquidation Proceeds  and
other  amounts received by  the Servicer in  respect of the  Contracts after the
Cut-Off Date. The Servicer will  thereafter transfer to the Collection  Account,
no  later than  the third  Business Day after  deposit thereof  in the Servicing
Account, the following amounts:
    
 
   
       (i) all Scheduled Payments  made by or  on behalf of  Obligors under  the
           Contracts;
    
 
   
       (ii)all  Prepayments,  excluding  any portion  thereof  allocable  to the
           Equipment Certificate, as described in clause (ii) of the  definition
    of "Pledged Revenues";
    
 
       (iii)
           all amounts constituting Liquidation Proceeds on Liquidated Contracts
           to  the extent allocable to the  Notes and the Equity Certificates as
    described under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts";
 
       (iv)any and  all  payments made  by  TCC  pursuant to  the  Transfer  and
           Servicing  Agreement in connection with the purchase of any Contracts
    and the related Equipment  as a result  of a breach  of a representation  or
    warranty  with  respect  thereto,  as  described  under  "The  Contracts  --
    Representations and  Warranties  Made  by  TCC,"  excluding  those  portions
    thereof allocable to the Book Value of the related Equipment; and
 
       (v) the  amount paid by  the Depositor to purchase  the Contracts and the
           related Equipment, as  described under "Description  of the Notes  --
    Optional Purchase of Contracts," excluding that portion thereof allocable to
    the Book Value of Equipment.
 
   
    So  long as no  Event of Termination  shall have occurred  and be continuing
with respect to the Servicer, the Servicer  may make the remittances to be  made
by  it to  the Collection Account  net of  amounts (which amounts  may be netted
prior  to  any  such  remittance  for  a  Collection  Period)  otherwise  to  be
distributed to it in payment of its Servicing Fee.
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    The  Servicer will be  entitled to withdraw from  the Collection Account any
amounts deposited therein in error or required to be repaid to an Obligor, based
on the Servicer's  good-faith determination  that such amount  was deposited  in
error or must be returned to the Obligor.
 
   
    Under  the Transfer  and Servicing  Agreement, the  Servicer is  required to
establish in its own name one or more "Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts,"
into which are to  be deposited any  payments made by or  on behalf of  Obligors
which  constitute (a)  insurance charges  paid by  an Obligor  to the  lessor or
secured party under a  Contract (unless such payments  are made directly by  the
Obligor  to  the applicable  insurance  company, or  TCC  or the  Originator has
previously paid such charges), (b) any insurance payments or recoveries paid  by
an  insurance company or comparable third party and related to the damage to, or
destruction of, the Equipment related to such Contract (unless paid directly  by
such  insurance company or comparable third  party directly to the Obligor), (c)
any payments made by or on behalf  of Obligors which constitute amounts paid  by
an  Obligor to the  lessor or secured party  under a Contract  in respect of the
maintenance of the  related Equipment,  and (d) taxes  paid by  the Obligor  and
related to the applicable Contract or the Equipment related thereto (unless such
payment  is made directly by  the Obligor to the  applicable taxing authority or
authorities, or  TCC or  the Originator  has previously  paid such  taxes).  The
Servicer is required to withdraw amounts from the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax
Accounts,  when and if appropriate, to pay when due (1) all insurance charges in
the amounts received under clause (a)  above, (2) any amounts payable under  any
applicable  maintenance contract or otherwise with respect to the maintenance of
the related Equipment in  the amounts received under  clause (c) above, and  (3)
all  taxes in the amounts received under clause (d) above. Amounts on deposit in
the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts which represent amounts received  by
the  Servicer pursuant to clause  (b) above shall be  applied by the Servicer as
follows: if the equipment is purchased to replace the Equipment that was damaged
or destroyed, and such  replacement equipment is (in  the reasonable opinion  of
the  Servicer) of comparable use and equivalent  value to the Equipment that was
damaged or destroyed, the  Servicer shall release such  amount so received  from
the  insurance company or comparable third party in payment or reimbursement for
such replacement equipment;  and if  this replacement option  is not  exercised,
then  the Servicer shall treat such  amount as Liquidation Proceeds and transfer
that portion  thereof which  would be  allocable  to the  Notes and  the  Equity
Certificates   (as  described  in  "Description   of  the  Notes  --  Liquidated
Contracts") from the Insurance,  Maintenance and Tax  Account to the  Collection
Account.
    
 
   
    The Servicer will transfer to the Equipment Account, no later than the third
Business  Day after deposit thereof in  the Servicing Account, all proceeds from
the  disposition  of  Equipment,  to  the  extent  allocable  to  the  Equipment
Certificate,  including amounts  paid by  Obligors to  exercise purchase options
under Lease  Contracts and  the allocable  portion of  Liquidation Proceeds  (as
described under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts").
    
 
   
    On  or  before  the fifth  Business  Day  preceding each  Payment  Date (the
"Determination Date"),  the Servicer  is  required to  determine the  amount  of
Related  Collection Period Pledged Revenues for such Payment Date, the amount of
interest payable on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment  Date,
the  Monthly Principal  Amount for such  Payment Date,  the Principal Deficiency
Amount (if any) for  such Payment Date,  and the amount, if  any, by which  such
Related  Collection Period Pledged Revenues, when applied in accordance with the
priorities described  under "Description  of the  Notes --  Distributions,"  are
insufficient   to  pay  the  interest  payable  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
Certificates on such  Payment Date  (an "Interest  Shortfall"). If  there is  an
Interest  Shortfall  for such  Payment Date,  Current Collection  Period Pledged
Revenues will be applied to the payment of interest on the Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  to  the  extent necessary  to  cure such  Interest  Shortfall. The
Servicer shall further  give notice to  the Indenture Trustee  of amounts to  be
withdrawn  from the  Cash Collateral Account  to pay (1)  any remaining Interest
Shortfall (after giving effect to the previous application of Available  Pledged
Revenues as aforesaid), (2) the Principal Deficiency Amount (if any), and (3) if
such  Payment Date  is the Stated  Maturity Date for  any Class of  Notes or the
Equity Certificates, the  remaining unpaid  principal balance of  such Class  of
Notes or the Equity Certificates (after giving effect to previous application of
Available Pledged Revenues as aforesaid).
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
SERVICING
 
   
    Pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will be engaged to act
as  Servicer on behalf of  the Owner Trust. The  Servicer is generally obligated
under  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  to  service  the  Contracts  in
accordance  with customary  and usual  procedures of  institutions which service
equipment lease contracts,  installment sale contracts,  promissory notes,  loan
and security agreements and other similar types of receivables comparable to the
Contracts  and, to the extent  more exacting, the degree  of skill and attention
that the Servicer  exercises from time  to time with  respect to all  comparable
such contracts that it services for itself or others. In performing such duties,
so  long as TCC is  the Servicer, it shall comply  in all material respects with
its credit and collection  policies and procedures in  effect from time to  time
(which  credit and collection  policies currently in  effect are described under
"The  Originators--Underwriting  and  Servicing").  The  Servicer  may  delegate
certain of its servicing responsibilities with respect to the Contracts to third
parties, provided that the Servicer will remain obligated to the Owner Trust for
the proper performance of all such servicing responsibilities.
    
 
   
    The  Servicer is  generally obligated  to act  in a  commercially reasonable
manner with respect to the repossession and disposition of Equipment following a
Contract default with a view  to realizing proceeds at  least equal to the  fair
market  value thereof. The Servicer may, in its discretion, choose to dispose of
Equipment through a new lease or in some other manner which provides for payment
for the Equipment over time. In any such event, the Servicer will be required to
pay from its own funds an amount which, in its reasonable judgment, is equal  to
the  fair  market  value  of  such  Equipment  (less  any  related out-of-pocket
liquidation expenses),  and  the  Servicer  will be  entitled  to  all  payments
received  thereafter in respect of  such Equipment. Any such  amounts so paid by
the Servicer will be deemed  to constitute additional Liquidation Proceeds  with
respect to the related Contract and Equipment and will be allocated as described
under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts."
    
 
    Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is responsible for,
among  other  things:  reviewing  and certifying  that  the  Contract  Files are
complete; monitoring and  tracking any property  and sales taxes  to be paid  by
Obligors;   billing,  collection  and  recording   of  payments  from  Obligors;
communicating with and providing billing  records to Obligors; deposit of  funds
into  the Collection Account;  receiving payments as the  Owner Trust's agent on
the insurance  policies  maintained  by  the  Obligors  and  communicating  with
insurers  with respect  thereto; issuance  of reports  to the  Indenture Trustee
specified in  the  Indenture  and  in  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement;
repossession and remarketing of Equipment following Obligor defaults; and paying
the fees and ordinary expenses of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.
 
   
    The  Servicer  shall, to  the extent  the proceeds  of such  liquidation are
sufficient  therefor,  be  entitled  to  recover  all  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred by it in the course  of liquidating a Contract, which amounts
may be  retained by  the  Servicer from  such proceeds  to  the extent  of  such
expenses. The Servicer is entitled under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to
retain,  from  liquidation  proceeds, a  reserve  for  out-of-pocket liquidation
expenses in an amount  equal to such expenses,  in addition to those  previously
incurred,  as it reasonably estimates will  be incurred. Upon completion of such
liquidation, the  remainder of  any  such reserve,  after reimbursement  to  the
Servicer of all out-of-pocket liquidation expenses, shall constitute Liquidation
Proceeds and be deposited in the Collection Account.
    
 
    Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, subject to certain
limitations,  is  permitted  to  grant  payment  extensions  on  a  Contract  in
accordance with  its  credit  and  collection policies  and  procedures  if  the
Servicer  believes in  good faith  that such extension  is necessary  to avoid a
default on such Contract, will maximize the  amount to be received by the  Owner
Trust  with respect to such Contract, and  is otherwise in the best interests of
the Owner  Trust. Under  the  Transfer and  Servicing Agreement,  the  Servicer,
subject   to  certain  limitations,  is  permitted  to  grant  modifications  or
amendments to a Contract in accordance  with its credit and collection  policies
and procedures.
 
   
    PREPAYMENTS.   In the case  of any Lease Contract,  a Prepayment may only be
allowed by the Servicer if the amount paid  by or on behalf of the Obligor  (or,
in  the case of a  partial Prepayment, the sum of  such amount and the remaining
Contract Principal  Balance of  the  Lease Contract  after application  of  such
amount) is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount of such Lease Contract.
    
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
    EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE.  On or before March 31 of each year, the Servicer
must  deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee a  report  of a  nationally recognized
accounting firm  stating  that such  firm  has examined  certain  documents  and
records  relating to the servicing of equipment leases and loans serviced by the
Servicer and stating that, on the  basis of such procedures, such servicing  has
been  conducted in compliance with the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement, except
for any exceptions set forth in such report.
 
    CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE  SERVICER.  The Servicer  may not resign  from
its  obligations  under  the  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement  except  upon a
determination that  its  duties  thereunder  are  no  longer  permissible  under
applicable  law. No  such resignation  will become  effective until  a successor
servicer has assumed the  Servicer's obligations and  duties under the  Transfer
and  Servicing Agreement. The Servicer can be  removed as Servicer only upon the
occurrence of an Event of Termination as discussed below.
 
    The Servicer must  keep in  place throughout the  term of  the Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement (i) a  policy or policies of  insurance covering errors and
omissions by the Servicer, and (ii) a fidelity bond. Such policy or policies and
such fidelity bond shall be  in such form and  amount as is generally  customary
among  persons that  service a  portfolio of  equipment leases  having an unpaid
balance of at least $100 million  and which are generally regarded as  servicers
acceptable to institutional investors.
 
   
    SERVICING  COMPENSATION  AND  PAYMENT  OF  EXPENSES.    Compensation  to the
Servicer will include a monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
to the Servicer from  the Amount Available  on each Payment  Date, in an  amount
equal to the product of one-twelfth of    % per annum multiplied by the Contract
Pool  Principal Balance as  of the last  day of the  second preceding Collection
Period (or, in  the case of  the Servicing  Fee with respect  to the  Collection
Period  commencing on the Cut-Off Date, an amount equal to $         ), plus any
late fees, late payment  interest, documentation fees, insurance  administration
charges and other administrative fees and charges and a portion of any extension
fees  (collectively, the  "Administrative Fees")  collected with  respect to the
Contracts during  the prior  Collection Period  and any  investment earnings  on
collections  prior to deposit thereof in  the Collection Account. Up to     % of
such     % Servicing Fee will  be used by the  Servicer to pay certain  expenses
relating  to the Contracts and the Owner Trust. The Servicer is authorized under
the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement,  in  its  discretion,  to  waive   any
Administrative  Fees or  extension fees  that may  be collected  in the ordinary
course of servicing any Contract.
    
 
   
    EVENTS OF  TERMINATION.   An Event  of Termination  under the  Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement will occur if (a) the Servicer fails to make any payment or
deposit required under  the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  and such  failure
continues  for  five business  days (or  three business  days in  the case  of a
failure by  TCC to  pay the  amount necessary  to purchase  a Contract  and  the
related Equipment due to a breach of representations and warranties with respect
thereto)  after  notice from  the Indenture  Trustee or  after discovery  by the
Servicer; (b) the  Servicer fails to  deliver to the  Indenture Trustee and  the
Owner  Trustee the Servicer's Certificate by the third Business Day prior to the
related Payment  Date; (c)  the Servicer  fails  to observe  or perform  in  any
material  respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement (and, if TCC is the Servicer, the  Purchase
Agreement),  and such failure (i) materially and adversely affects the rights of
the Owner Trust,  Noteholders or Equity  Certificateholders, and (ii)  continues
unremedied  for  30 days  after written  notice  thereof has  been given  to the
Servicer by the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Certificateholder or
Noteholder; (d) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency occur with respect to
the Servicer; or (e) any representation,  warranty or statement of the  Servicer
made in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or any certificate, report or other
writing  delivered  pursuant  thereto proves  to  be incorrect  in  any material
respect, and such incorrectness (i) has  a material adverse effect on the  Owner
Trust,  Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders, and (ii) continues uncured for
30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Servicer by the Owner
Trustee, the  Indenture  Trustee or  any  Certificateholder or  Noteholder.  The
Servicer  is required  under the  Transfer and  Servicing Agreement  to give the
Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and  each Rating Agency notice of an  Event
of Termination promptly after having obtained knowledge of such event.
    
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
    Federal  bankruptcy laws limit the termination of contracts solely by reason
of the fact that the party obligated  to provide such performance is subject  to
federal  bankruptcy proceedings. In such  a circumstance, the bankruptcy trustee
of the  Servicer  might  successfully object  to  the  exercise of  a  right  to
terminate  the  Servicer unless  the  Indenture Trustee  could  demonstrate that
independent grounds (whether  or not  arising from  the same  facts causing  the
Servicer  to be subject to bankruptcy proceedings)  exist to declare an Event of
Termination.
 
   
    RIGHTS UPON  EVENT OF  TERMINATION.   So  long as  an Event  of  Termination
remains  unremedied, the Indenture Trustee may,  and at the written direction of
(i) Noteholders representing a  majority of the  aggregate principal balance  of
the  Notes (a "Note Majority"), or (ii) at  such time as the Notes are no longer
Outstanding, Equity Certificateholders representing a majority of the  aggregate
principal  balance of the Equity Certificates (an "Equity Certificate Majority")
shall, terminate all  of the rights  and obligations of  the Servicer under  the
Transfer  and Servicing Agreement in and to the Contracts, whereupon a successor
servicer (which, unless and until the Indenture Trustee appoints a new servicer,
will be the Indenture Trustee) will succeed to all the responsibilities,  duties
and  liabilities of the Servicer under  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and
will be entitled to similar  compensation arrangements; provided, however,  that
any  successor  servicer will  not assume  any obligation  of TCC  to repurchase
Contracts for  breaches of  representations and  warranties, and  any  successor
servicer  will not  be liable for  any acts  or omissions of  the prior Servicer
occurring prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related  functions
or  for any breach by  such Servicer of any of  its obligations contained in the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
    
 
   
    A Note Majority (or, at such time as the Notes are no longer Outstanding, an
Equity Certificate  Majority) may  waive  any default  by  the Servicer  in  the
performance  of its obligations  under the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement and
its consequences. Upon  any such waiver  of a past  default, such default  shall
cease  to exist, and any Event of  Termination arising therefrom shall be deemed
to have been remedied. No  such waiver shall extend  to any subsequent or  other
default or impair any right consequent thereon.
    
 
AMENDMENT
 
   
    The  Transfer and Servicing Agreement may  be amended by the parties thereto
(i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii)  to correct or supplement any provision  therein
that  may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or (iii) to make any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement that are  not inconsistent with the provisions  thereof,
provided  that such action will not adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of the Noteholders or the Equity Certificateholders. The Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto with the consent
of a Note Majority and an Equity Certificate Majority for the purpose of  adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Noteholders or the holders of the Equity Certificates; provided, however,
that  no  such  amendment (a)  that  reduces in  any  manner the  amount  of, or
accelerates or delays the timing of, any payment received on or with respect  to
Contracts  that are required to be distributed on any Note or Equity Certificate
or that  reduces  the aforesaid  percentage  required  to consent  to  any  such
amendment  or  any waiver  under the  Transfer and  Servicing Agreement,  may be
effective without  the  consent of  the  Holder of  each  such Note  and  Equity
Certificate,  or (b) will  be effective unless each  Rating Agency confirms that
such amendment will not  result in a reduction,  qualification or withdrawal  of
the ratings on the Notes and the Equity Certificates.
    
 
TERMINATION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
   
    The  obligations  created  by  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement will
terminate (after  distribution  of  all  interest  and  principal  then  due  to
Noteholders  and the  holders of  the Certificates)  on the  earlier of  (i) the
Payment Date next succeeding the later of the final payment or other liquidation
of the  last  Contract  or  the  disposition  of  all  Equipment  acquired  upon
termination  of any  Contract; or  (b) the Payment  Date on  which the Depositor
repurchases the  Contracts  as described  under  "Description of  the  Notes  --
Optional  Purchase of Contracts." However, TCC's representations, warranties and
indemnities  will  survive  any  termination  of  the  Transfer  and   Servicing
Agreement.
    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Due  to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the UCC
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in  the
Equipment  (in  the case  of  Loan Contracts  and  Lease Contracts  intended for
security, to the extent that such  financing statements have been filed  against
the  Obligor, as discussed above) will be  filed to reflect the Depositor's, the
Owner Trust's and the  Indenture Trustee's interests  therein. While failure  to
file  such  assignments  does  not  affect the  Owner  Trust's  interest  in the
Contracts  (including  the   related  Originator's  interest   in  the   related
Equipment),  it does expose the Owner Trust and the Noteholders to the risk that
the Originator could release its security  interest in the Equipment of  record,
and  it  could complicate  the Owner  Trust's enforcement,  as assignee,  of the
Originator's security interest in  the Equipment. While  these risks should  not
affect  the perfection or priority  of the interest of  the Indenture Trustee in
the Contracts or  rights to payment  thereunder, they may  adversely affect  the
right  of  the  Indenture Trustee  to  receive  proceeds of  disposition  of the
Equipment subject to  a Liquidated Contract,  which are to  be allocated to  the
payment of the Notes and the Equity Certificates as described under "Description
of  the Notes--Liquidated Contracts." Additionally,  statutory liens for repairs
or unpaid taxes and other  liens arising by operation  of law may have  priority
even  over prior perfected security interests  assigned to the Indenture Trustee
in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    In the event of a  default by the Obligor under  a Loan Contract or a  Lease
Contract  intended for security, the  Servicer on behalf of  the Owner Trust may
take action to  enforce the Originator's  interest in the  related Equipment  by
repossession  and resale  or re-lease  of the Equipment.  Under the  UCC in most
states, a creditor  can, without prior  notice to the  debtor, repossess  assets
securing  a  defaulted  contract by  the  Obligor's voluntary  surrender,  or by
"self-help" repossession that  does not  involve a breach  of the  peace and  by
judicial  process. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Obligor these
remedies may require the permission of  a bankruptcy court or may otherwise  not
be immediately available. See "-- Insolvency Matters" below.
    
 
   
    In  the event of a default  by the Obligor under a  Loan Contract or a Lease
Contract intended for security, some  jurisdictions require that the Obligor  be
notified  of the default and be given a time period within which it may cure the
default prior to  repossession. Generally,  this right of  reinstatement may  be
exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year period.
    
 
    The  UCC  and other  state laws  place  restrictions on  repossession sales,
including requirements that the secured party provide the debtor with reasonable
notice of the  date, time and  place of any  public sale and/or  the date  after
which  any private sale of the collateral may  be held and that any such sale be
conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.
 
   
    Under most state laws, an Obligor under a Loan Contract or a Lease  Contract
intended  for security  has the right  to redeem collateral  for its obligations
prior to actual sale by paying the lessor or secured party the unpaid balance of
the obligation plus reasonable expenses for repossessing, holding and  preparing
the  collateral for disposition and arranging for  its sale, plus, to the extent
provided for  in the  written agreement  of the  parties, reasonable  attorneys'
fees.
    
 
    In  addition, because the market  value of equipment of  the type subject to
the Contracts  generally declines  with age,  because of  obsolescence, the  net
disposition  proceeds of Equipment at any time  during the term of the Contracts
may not equal or exceed the Contract Principal Balance on the related  Contract.
Because of this, and because other creditors may in certain cases have rights in
the related Equipment superior to those of the Owner Trust, the Servicer may not
be  able to recover the  entire amount due on a  defaulted Contract in the event
that the Servicer elects to repossess and dispose of such Equipment at any time.
 
   
    Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled  to
obtain  a deficiency judgment from  an Obligor under a  Loan Contract or a Lease
Contract intended for security for any deficiency on repossession and resale  of
the  asset securing the unpaid balance of such Obligor's Contract. However, some
states impose  prohibitions  or limitations  on  deficiency judgments.  In  most
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
jurisdictions, the courts, in interpreting the UCC, would impose upon a creditor
an obligation to repossess the equipment in a commercially reasonable manner and
to  "mitigate damages" in the  event of an Obligor's  failure to cure a default.
The creditor  would  be required  to  exercise reasonable  judgment  and  follow
acceptable  commercial practice in seizing,  selling or re-leasing the equipment
and to  offset  the net  proceeds  of such  disposition  against its  claim.  In
addition,  an Obligor may successfully invoke an election of remedies defense to
a deficiency claim in the event that the Servicer's repossession and sale of the
Equipment is found to  be a retention discharging  the Obligor from all  further
obligations  under the UCC. If a  deficiency judgment were granted, the judgment
would be  a personal  judgment against  the  Obligor for  the shortfall,  but  a
defaulting  Obligor  may  have limited  assets  or sources  of  income available
following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a
deficiency judgment or, if one is obtained,  it may be settled at a  significant
discount.
 
    Many  states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC ("Article 2A").
Article 2A purports to codify many  provisions of existing common law.  Although
there  is  little  precedental  authority  regarding  how  Article  2A  will  be
interpreted,  it  may,   among  other  things,   limit  enforceability  of   any
"unconscionable"  provision in a Lease Contract,  provide a Lessee with remedies
including the  right to  cancel the  Lease  Contract for  any lessor  breach  or
default,  and may  add to or  modify the  terms of "consumer  leases" and leases
where the Lessee is a "merchant  lessee." However, each Lease Contract  contains
an  acknowledgement by the  Lessee that the Equipment  was acquired for business
purposes. Article 2A,  moreover, recognizes  typical commercial  lease "hell  or
high  water" rental payment clauses  and validates reasonable liquidated damages
provisions in the event of lessor or Lessee defaults. Article 2A also recognizes
the concept  of freedom  of contract  and permits  the parties  in a  commercial
context a wide latitude to vary provisions of the law.
 
INSOLVENCY MATTERS
 
    Certain  statutory provisions,  including federal  and state  bankruptcy and
insolvency laws, may  also limit the  ability of the  Servicer to repossess  and
resell  or re-lease Equipment or  obtain a deficiency judgment.  In the event of
the bankruptcy  or  reorganization of  an  Obligor, various  provisions  of  the
Bankruptcy  Code of 1978 (the "Bankruptcy  Code") and related laws may interfere
with or  eliminate the  ability of  the Servicer  to enforce  the Owner  Trust's
rights   under  the   Contracts.  For   example,  although   the  bankruptcy  or
reorganization of an  Obligor would constitute  an event of  default under  such
Contract,  the Bankruptcy  Code provides  generally that  rights and obligations
under an  unexpired lease  or an  executory contract  may not  be terminated  or
modified  solely  because of  a  provision in  the  lease or  executory contract
conditioned upon  the commencement  of  a case  under  the Bankruptcy  Code.  If
bankruptcy  proceedings were  instituted in respect  of an Obligor  under such a
Contract, the Owner Trust could be prevented from continuing to collect payments
due from or on behalf of such Obligor or exercising any remedies assigned to the
Owner Trust without the approval of the bankruptcy court, and, with respect to a
Loan Contract or  a Lease Contract  intended as security,  the bankruptcy  court
could  permit the Obligor, as  owner of the Equipment, to  use or dispose of the
Equipment and provide the Owner Trust  with a lien on substitute collateral,  so
long  as the  court held that  such substitute  collateral constituted "adequate
protection" within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
   
    In the  case of  a Lease  Contract  that is  deemed not  to be  intended  as
security,   the  Bankruptcy  Code  grants  to  the  bankruptcy  trustee  or  the
debtor-in-possession a right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract
or unexpired lease. Any such rejection by the lessee would result in the  return
of the leased equipment to the lessor. Any rejection of such a lease or contract
constitutes  a breach  of such  lease or  contract, entitling  the non-breaching
party to a claim  for breach of  contract. The net  proceeds from any  resulting
judgment  would be  deposited by  the Servicer  into the  Collection Account and
allocated to the  Noteholders and Equity  Certificateholders as described  under
"Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts."
    
 
    In  the event that,  as a result  of the bankruptcy  or reorganization of an
Obligor, the related Contract becomes a defaulted Contract, the amount available
to be withdrawn from, or drawn on, the Cash Collateral Account has been  reduced
to   zero   and  the   Contract  has   become   a  defaulted   Contract  without
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
breach of any representation  or warranty of TCC  or the Depositor, no  recourse
would  be available against TCC or the  Depositor and the Noteholders and Equity
Certificateholders could suffer a loss with respect to such Contract.
 
    These UCC and bankruptcy provisions, in addition to the possible decrease in
the value of a repossessed item of  Equipment, may limit the amount realized  on
the  sale  of Equipment  securing  the Contracts  to  less than  the  amount due
thereunder.
 
                             UNITED STATES TAXATION
 
    The following  discussion is  a  summary of  certain United  States  federal
income tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the  Notes  by  the  holders  thereof. Dorsey  &  Whitney  LLP,  counsel  to the
Depositor, and  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft,  counsel  to  the  Underwriters
(collectively,  "Counsel"), are each delivering  their opinion regarding certain
federal income tax matters discussed below. The opinions of Counsel address only
those issues specifically identified  below as being  covered by such  opinions;
however,  the opinions of Counsel also  state that the additional discussion set
forth below accurately sets forth Counsel's advice with respect to material  tax
issues.  The opinions of Counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service
(the "IRS"). There can be no assurance that the IRS will take a similar view  of
such issues, and no assurance can be given that the opinions of Counsel would be
sustained  if challenged by  the IRS. No  ruling on any  of the issues discussed
below will be sought from the IRS.
 
    This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential
federal  income  tax  consequences  relating  to  the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition  of the Notes. Moreover, the discussion does not address all aspects
of taxation that  may be  relevant to particular  purchasers in  light of  their
individual  circumstances (including the  effect of any  foreign, state or local
tax laws) or to  certain types of purchasers  (including dealers in  securities,
insurance  companies, financial institutions and tax-exempt entities) subject to
special treatment under United  States federal income  tax laws. The  discussion
below assumes that the Notes are held as capital assets.
 
    The  discussion of  the United  States federal  income tax  consequences set
forth below is based upon currently existing provisions of the Internal  Revenue
Code  of 1986, as  amended (the "Code"),  judicial decisions, and administrative
interpretations. Because individual circumstances  may differ, each  prospective
purchaser  of the Notes  is strongly urged  to consult its  own tax advisor with
respect to its particular tax situation and the tax effects of any state, local,
foreign, or other tax laws and possible changes in the tax laws.
 
    As used herein, the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner  of
a  Note who or which is for United States federal income tax purposes either (i)
a citizen or resident of the  United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership  or
other  entity created or organized in or under  the laws of the United States or
of any political subdivision thereof, or (iii) an estate or trust the income  of
which  is subject  to United  States federal  income taxation  regardless of its
source. The term  also includes  certain former  citizens of  the United  States
whose income and gain on the Notes will be subject to United States taxation. As
used herein, the term "United States Alien Holder" means a beneficial owner of a
Note that is not a United States Holder.
 
TREATMENT OF THE NOTES
    In  the opinion of  Counsel, the Notes  will be treated  as indebtedness for
United States federal income tax purposes. Under the terms of the Notes and  the
Indenture,  each Noteholder  agrees and  acknowledges upon  its purchase  of the
Notes and  by acceptance  of the  Notes that  it will  also treat  the Notes  as
indebtedness for such purposes.
 
TREATMENT OF THE OWNER TRUST
   
    In  the opinion of Counsel, the Owner  Trust will not be characterized as an
"association" or  "publicly traded  partnership" taxable  as a  corporation  for
United  States federal income tax  purposes. If the Owner  Trust were treated as
either an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation,
the resulting entity would be subject  to federal income taxes at corporate  tax
rates on its taxable income
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
generated by ownership of the Contracts, and certain distributions by the entity
would  not  be deductible  in  computing the  entity's  taxable income.  Such an
entity-level tax could result in reduced distributions to Noteholders.
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
    Interest paid on a Note will generally be taxable to a United States  Holder
as  ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance
with the United  States Holder's  method of  accounting for  federal income  tax
purposes.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
    Under applicable regulations, a Note will be considered issued with original
issue  discount ("OID") if the "stated redemption price at maturity" of the Note
(generally equal to its  principal amount as  of the date  of issuance plus  all
interest other than "qualified stated interest" payable prior to or at maturity)
exceeds  the original issue price  (in this case, the  initial offering price at
which a substantial amount of the Notes  are sold to the public). Any OID  would
be considered DE MINIMIS under the regulations if it does not exceed .25% of the
stated  redemption price at maturity of a  Note multiplied by the number of full
years until its  maturity date. It  is anticipated  that the Notes  will not  be
considered  issued with more than  DE MINIMIS OID. Under  the OID regulations, a
holder of a Note issued with a DE MINIMIS amount of OID must include such OID in
income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note.
 
    While it is not anticipated that the Notes will be issued with more than  DE
MINIMIS OID, it is possible that they will be so issued. If the Notes are issued
with  more than DE  MINIMIS OID, such OID  would be includible  in the income of
Noteholders as  interest over  the term  of  the Notes  under a  constant  yield
method.  Any amount included in income as  OID would not, however, be includible
again when the amount is actually received. If the yield on a class of Notes  is
not   materially  different  from  its  coupon,  this  treatment  will  have  no
significant effect on Noteholders using  the accrual method of accounting.  Cash
method  Noteholders, however, may  be required to report  income with respect to
Notes issued with OID  in advance of  the receipt of  cash attributable to  such
income.  Each Noteholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the impact
of the OID rules if the Notes are issued with OID.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT
    If a United States Holder that acquires a  Note has a tax basis in the  Note
that  is less than its "stated redemption  price at maturity," the amount of the
difference will be treated as "market discount" for United States federal income
tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a specified DE MINIMIS amount.
Under the market  discount rules of  the Code,  a United States  Holder will  be
required  to treat any principal payment on, and any gain on the sale, exchange,
retirement or other disposition of, a Note  as ordinary income to the extent  of
any  accrued market  discount that has  not previously been  included in income.
Market discount generally accrues  on a straight-line  basis over the  remaining
term  of a Note except that, at the election of the United States Holder, market
discount may accrue on a constant yield basis. A United States Holder may not be
allowed to deduct immediately all  or a portion of  the interest expense on  any
indebtedness  incurred or continued to purchase or  to carry such Note. A United
States Holder may  elect to include  market discount in  income currently as  it
accrues  (either on  a straight-line  basis or, if  the United  States Holder so
elects, on a constant yield basis), in which case the interest deferral rule set
forth in the preceding sentence will not  apply. Such an election will apply  to
all  bonds acquired by the United States Holder on or after the first day of the
first taxable year to which such election  applies and may be revoked only  with
the consent of the IRS.
 
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
    If  a United States  Holder purchases a  Note for an  amount that is greater
than the amount  payable at  maturity, such holder  will be  considered to  have
purchased  such Note  with "amortizable  bond premium"  equal in  amount to such
excess, and  may  elect  (in  accordance with  applicable  Code  provisions)  to
amortize  such premium using a constant yield  method over the remaining term of
the Note (where such Note is not  callable prior to its maturity date). If  such
Note may be called prior to maturity after the United States Holder has acquired
it,  the  amount of  amortizable bond  premium is  determined with  reference to
either the amount payable on  maturity or, if it  results in a smaller  premium,
attributable  to the period through the earlier  call date with reference to the
amount payable on the earlier call date.  The amount amortized in any year  will
be treated as a reduction of the United States Holder's interest income from the
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
Note  in such year. A United States  Holder that elects to amortize bond premium
must reduce its tax basis in the Note by the amount of the premium amortized  in
any  year. An  election to  amortize bond  premium applies  to all  taxable debt
obligations then owned or  thereafter acquired by the  United States Holder  and
may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS.
 
SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF NOTES
    Upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a Note, a United States Holder will
recognize  taxable  gain or  loss  equal to  the  difference between  the amount
realized  on  the  sale,  exchange  or  retirement  (not  including  any  amount
attributable  to accrued  but unpaid  interest) and  such holder's  adjusted tax
basis in the Note. A  United States Holder's adjusted tax  basis in a Note  will
equal the cost of the Note to such holder, increased by the amount of any market
discount  previously included in income by such holder with respect to such Note
and reduced by any amortized bond premium and any principal payments received by
such holder.
 
    Subject to the discussion of market discount above, gain or loss realized on
the sale, exchange or  retirement of a  Note by a United  States Holder will  be
capital  gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time
of the sale, exchange  or retirement the  Note has been held  for more than  one
year.  The excess  of net  long-term capital  gains over  net short-term capital
losses is taxed at a lower  rate than ordinary income for certain  non-corporate
taxpayers, but not for corporate taxpayers. The distinction between capital gain
or  loss and  ordinary income or  loss is  also relevant for  purposes of, among
other things, limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO UNITED STATES ALIEN HOLDERS
    Under present United States federal income  and estate tax law, and  subject
to the discussion below concerning backup withholding:
 
       (a) payments  of principal of and interest on the Notes by the Trustee or
           any paying agent to  a beneficial owner  of a Note  that is a  United
    States  Alien Holder, as defined above, will not be subject to United States
    federal withholding tax, provided  that, in the case  of interest, (i)  such
    holder  does not own, actually or constructively,  10 percent or more of the
    total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Depositor or  TCC
    entitled  to vote, (ii) such holder is not, for United States federal income
    tax  purposes,  a  controlled  foreign  corporation  related,  directly   or
    indirectly,  to the  Depositor or  TCC through  stock ownership,  (iii) such
    holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of
    the Code, and (iv)  the certification requirements  under Section 871(h)  or
    Section  881(c) of the Code  and Treasury regulations thereunder (summarized
    below) are met;
 
       (b) a United States Alien Holder of a Note will not be subject to  United
           States  federal income tax on gain  realized on the sale, exchange or
    other disposition of such Note, unless (i) such holder is an individual  who
    is  present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of
    sale, exchange or other disposition, and certain conditions are met or  (ii)
    such  gain is  effectively connected  with the conduct  by such  holder of a
    trade or business in the United States; and
 
   
       (c) a Note held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of  the
           United  States at the time of his death will not be subject to United
    States federal estate tax as a  result of such individual's death,  provided
    that,  at the time of such individual's  death, the individual does not own,
    actually or constructively, 10 percent or more of the total combined  voting
    power  of all classes of stock of the  Depositor or TCC entitled to vote and
    payments with respect to such Note would not have been effectively connected
    to the conduct  by such  individual of  a trade  or business  in the  United
    States.
    
 
    Sections  871(h) and 881(c) of the  Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder
require that, in order to obtain the exemption from withholding tax described in
paragraph (a) above,  either (i)  the beneficial owner  of a  Note must  certify
under  penalties of perjury to the Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the
case may be, that such  owner is a United States  Alien Holder and must  provide
such owner's name and address, and United States taxpayer identification number,
if  any, or  (ii) a  securities clearing  organization, bank  or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business (a  "Financial Institution")  and holds the  Note on  behalf of  the
beneficial  owner  thereof  must  certify  under  penalties  of  perjury  to the
Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the case
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
may be, that such certificate has been received from the beneficial owner by  it
or  by a  Financial Institution  between it  and the  beneficial owner  and must
furnish the payor with copy thereof.  A certificate described in this  paragraph
is  effective only with respect  to payments of interest  made to the certifying
United States Alien Holder after issuance of  the Notes in the calendar year  of
its  issuance and the two immediately succeeding calendar years. Under temporary
United States Treasury Regulations,  such requirement will  be fulfilled if  the
beneficial  owner  of a  Note  certifies on  IRS  Form W-8,  under  penalties of
perjury, that it  is a  United States  Alien Holder  and provides  its name  and
address,  and  any  Financial Institution  holding  the  Note on  behalf  of the
beneficial owner files a statement with the withholding agent to the effect that
it has received such  a statement from the  beneficial owner (and furnishes  the
withholding agent with a copy thereof).
 
    If  a United States Alien Holder of a Note is engaged in a trade or business
in the United States, and if interest on the Note, or gain realized on the sale,
exchange or other  disposition of the  Note, is effectively  connected with  the
conduct  of such  trade or  business, the  United States  Alien Holder, although
exempt from United States withholding tax, will generally be subject to  regular
United  States income tax on such  interest or gain in the  same manner as if it
were a  United  States Holder.  In  lieu of  the  certificate described  in  the
preceding paragraph, such a holder will be required to provide to the Trustee or
the paying agent, as the case may be, a properly executed IRS Form 4224 in order
to  claim an exemption from withholding tax.  In addition, if such United States
Alien Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax
equal to  30% (or  such lower  rate provided  by an  applicable treaty)  of  its
effectively  connected earnings  and profits  for the  taxable year,  subject to
certain adjustments. For purposes of the branch profits tax, interest on and any
gain recognized on the  sale, exchange or  other disposition of  a Note will  be
included  in the earnings and profits of such United States Alien Holder if such
interest or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the United  States
Alien Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    Under current United States federal income tax law, a 31% backup withholding
tax  requirement applies to certain payments of interest on, and the proceeds of
a sale, exchange or redemption of, the Notes.
 
    Backup withholding will generally not apply with respect to payments made to
certain exempt recipients such as corporations or other tax-exempt entities.  In
the  case of a non-corporate United States Holder, backup withholding will apply
only if such  holder (i)  fails to  furnish its  taxpayer identification  number
("TIN")  which, for  an individual,  would be  his social  security number, (ii)
furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified  by the IRS that it has failed  to
report  properly  payments  of  interest and  dividends  or  (iv)  under certain
circumstances, fails to certify under penalties of perjury that it has furnished
a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to  backup
withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments.
 
   
    In  the  case  of  a  United States  Alien  Holder,  under  current Treasury
Regulations, backup withholding will not apply to payments made by the Indenture
Trustee or any paying agent  thereof on a Note if  such holder has provided  the
required  certificate under penalties of perjury that  it is not a United States
Holder (as defined above) or has otherwise established an exemption, provided in
each case that the Indenture Trustee or  such paying agent, as the case may  be,
does not have actual knowledge that the payee is a United States Holder.
    
 
    Under  current Treasury Regulations,  if payments on  a Note are  made to or
through a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or other agent acting on behalf
of a beneficial owner of a Note, such custodian, nominee or other agent will not
be required to apply backup withholding to such payments made to such beneficial
owner.
 
    Under current Treasury Regulations, payments on the sale, exchange or  other
disposition  of a Note made to or through a foreign office of a broker generally
will not be  subject to backup  withholding. Payments to  or through the  United
States  office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information
reporting unless the holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is  not
a  United States Holder and  that certain other conditions  are met or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
    Holders of Notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application
of backup withholding  in their  particular situations, the  availability of  an
exemption  therefrom  and  the procedure  for  obtaining such  an  exemption, if
available. Any amounts withheld from payment under the backup withholding  rules
will  be allowed as a credit against a holder's United States federal income tax
liability and may entitle  such holder to a  refund, provided that the  required
information is furnished to the IRS.
 
    THE  FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL  INFORMATION AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER SHOULD  CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR  AS
TO  THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER, INCLUDING THE
APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS AND  ANY
RECENT OR POSSIBLE CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
    Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"), and/or
Section  4975 of the Code, prohibits a pension, profit-sharing or other employee
benefit plan, as  well as individual  retirement accounts and  certain types  of
Keogh  Plans (each a "Benefit Plan")  from engaging in certain transactions with
persons that are  "parties in  interest" under ERISA  or "disqualified  persons"
under  the  Code  with  respect  to such  Benefit  Plan.  A  violation  of these
"prohibited transaction" rules may  result in an excise  tax or other  penalties
and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons. Title I of ERISA also
requires  that fiduciaries of  a Benefit Plan subject  to ERISA make investments
that are prudent, diversified (except if prudent not to do so) and in accordance
with governing plan documents.
 
   
    Certain transactions  involving the  purchase, holding  or transfer  of  the
Notes  might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the
Code if assets of the  Owner Trust were deemed to  be assets of a Benefit  Plan.
Under  a regulation issued by  the United States Department  of Labor (the "Plan
Assets Regulation"), the  assets of  the Owner Trust  would be  treated as  plan
assets  of a Benefit  Plan for the  purposes of ERISA  and the Code  only if the
Benefit Plan acquires an "equity  interest" in the Owner  Trust and none of  the
exceptions  contained in  the Plan  Assets Regulation  is applicable.  An equity
interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest in an entity
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law and which  has no substantial  equity features. The  Plan Assets  Regulation
also  provides that a beneficial interest in  a trust is an equity interest. The
Depositor believes  that the  Notes should  be treated  as indebtedness  without
substantial  equity features  for purposes  of the  Plan Assets  Regulation. The
Depositor also believes that the Notes do not constitute beneficial interests in
the Owner Trust  for purposes of  the Plan Assets  Regulation. However,  without
regard to whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest for such purposes,
the  acquisition or holding of Notes by or  on behalf of a Benefit Plan could be
considered to give  rise to  a prohibited transaction  if the  Owner Trust,  the
Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, or any of their respective affiliates is
or  becomes a party  in interest or  a disqualified person  with respect to such
Benefit Plan. In such case,  certain exemptions from the prohibited  transaction
rules  could be applicable depending  on the type and  circumstances of the plan
fiduciary making the decision to acquire a Note. Included among these exemptions
are:  Prohibited   Transaction  Class   Exemption  ("PTCE")   96-23,   regarding
transactions  effected  by  "in-house  asset  managers",  PTCE  90-1,  regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts; PTCE 95-60, regarding
transactions effected  by  "insurance  company  general  accounts";  PTCE  91-38
regarding  investments  by bank  collective  investment funds;  and  PTCE 84-14,
regarding transactions effected by "qualified professional asset managers."
    
 
    Employee benefit plans that  are governmental plans  (as defined in  Section
3(32)  of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.
 
    A PLAN FIDUCIARY CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF ANY OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT
ITS TAX AND/OR LEGAL  ADVISORS REGARDING WHETHER THE  ASSETS OF THE OWNER  TRUST
WOULD  BE CONSIDERED PLAN  ASSETS, THE POSSIBILITY OF  EXEMPTIVE RELIEF FROM THE
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES AND OTHER ISSUES AND THEIR POTENTIAL CONSEQUENCES.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES
 
   
    It is a condition of issuance that each of Duff & Phelps, Fitch, Moody's and
S&P (i) rate the Class A Notes in its highest rating category and (ii) rate  the
Class  B Notes at least "A," "A," "A2" and "A," respectively. The rating of each
Class of Notes addresses  the likelihood of the  timely receipt of interest  and
payment  of principal on  such Class of  Notes on or  before the Stated Maturity
Date for such Class, as well as  receipt of the Special Redemption Price on  the
Special  Redemption Date, if applicable.  The rating of the  Notes will be based
primarily upon  the  Pledged  Revenues,  the Cash  Collateral  Account  and  the
subordination  provided by (1) the Class B Notes and the Equity Certificates, in
the case of the Class  A Notes and (2) the  Equity Certificates, in the case  of
the  Class B  Notes. There  is no  assurance that  any such  rating will  not be
lowered or  withdrawn  by the  assigning  Rating  Agency if,  in  its  judgment,
circumstances  so warrant. In the event that a rating or ratings with respect to
the Notes  is qualified,  reduced or  withdrawn,  no person  or entity  will  be
obligated to provide any additional credit enhancement with respect to the Notes
so qualified, reduced or withdrawn.
    
 
   
    The  rating  of the  Notes should  be  evaluated independently  from similar
ratings on other types of securities. A  rating is not a recommendation to  buy,
sell  or hold the Notes,  inasmuch as such rating does  not comment as to market
price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the Notes do  not
address  the likelihood of payment  of principal on any  Class of Notes prior to
the Stated Maturity Date thereof, or the possibility of the imposition of United
States withholding tax with respect to non-United States Persons.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    If the Merger is consummated on or  prior to November 1, 1996, the  proceeds
from  the offering and sale of the  Notes, together with the proceeds derived by
the Depositor from its disposition of  the Equity Certificates, after funding  a
portion of the Cash Collateral Account and paying the expenses of the Depositor,
will be paid to the Originators by the Depositor in connection with the transfer
of  the  Contracts and  the Originators'  interests in  the Equipment.  See "The
Merger."
    
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    Subject  to  the  terms and  conditions  of the  United  States underwriting
agreement (the "U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), the underwriters named below (the
"U.S. Underwriters"), through  their representative, Goldman,  Sachs & Co.  (the
"U.S. Representative"), have severally agreed to purchase from the Depositor the
following respective Initial Principal Amount of Notes (the "U.S. Notes") at the
initial  public offering price less the  underwriting discounts set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                 PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                              AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
U.S. UNDERWRITERS                A-1 NOTES        A-2 NOTES        A-3 NOTES        A-4 NOTES         B NOTES
- ----------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                           <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co.........
Lehman Brothers Inc.........
Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
 Fenner & Smith
 Incorporated...............
J.P. Morgan Securities
 Inc........................
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the  U.S.  Underwriting Agreement,  the  U.S. Underwriters  have  agreed,
subject  to the terms and  conditions set forth therein,  to purchase all of the
U.S. Notes offered hereby if any of such U.S. Notes are purchased. The Depositor
has been advised by the U.S.  Representative that the U.S. Underwriters  propose
initially  to  offer the  U.S.  Notes to  the  public at  the  respective public
offering prices set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus, and to  certain
dealers  at such price, less a  concession not in excess of  0.  % per Class A-1
Note, 0.  % per Class A-2  Note, 0.  % per Class A-3  Note, 0.  % per Class  A-4
Note  and 0.   %  per Class  B Note.  The U.S.  Underwriters may  allow and such
dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not in excess of 0.  % per Class
A-1 Note, 0.  % per Class  A-2 Note, 0.  % per Class  A-3 Note, 0.  % per  Class
A-4  Note and 0.  %  per Class B Note. After the  Notes are released for sale to
the public, the offering  prices and other  selling terms may  be varied by  the
U.S. Representative.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor and  certain of its  affiliates have agreed  to indemnify the
U.S. Underwriters against certain  liabilities, including liabilities under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
   
    The  Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading market.
The Depositor  has  been  advised  by the  U.S.  Representative  that  the  U.S.
Underwriters  intend to make a market in the  Notes in the United States but are
not obligated to do  so and may  discontinue market making  at any time  without
notice.  The Depositor has  been advised by the  International Managers that the
International Managers  intend to  make a  market in  the Notes  outside of  the
United  States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market making
at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the
trading market for the Notes.
    
 
   
    Funds in the Cash Collateral Account  and the Trust Accounts may, from  time
to   time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the  U.S.
Underwriters.
    
 
   
    The Depositor and  the Owner  Trustee (on behalf  of the  Owner Trust)  have
entered   into  an  underwriting   agreement  (the  "International  Underwriting
Agreement")  with   certain   managers  (the   "International   Managers,"   and
collectively  with  the  U.S. Underwriters,  the  "Underwriters")  through their
representative, Nomura International  plc (the "International  Representative"),
providing  for the concurrent  offer and sale  of an aggregate of  $           ,
$          $          , $          and $          principal amount of Class  A-1
Notes,  Class A-2  Notes, Class A-3  Notes, Class  A-4 Notes and  Class B Notes,
respectively (the "International Notes") outside the United States. The offering
price and aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions per Note for the U.S.
Notes and the International Notes are identical.
    
 
    To provide for the coordination  of their activities, the U.S.  Underwriters
and  the  International Managers  have entered  into  an Agreement  between U.S.
Underwriters and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement")  which
provides,  among other things, that the  U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as  is
mutually
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
   
agreed  upon among the U.S.  Representative and the International Representative
and as approved by Nomura International plc. To the extent there are sales among
the  U.S.  Underwriters   and  the  International   Managers  pursuant  to   the
Intersyndicate Agreement and as approved by Nomura International plc, the number
of  U.S. Notes  initially available  for sale by  the U.S.  Underwriters and the
number of International Notes initially available for sale by the  International
Managers  may be more  or less than the  numbers appearing on  the cover page of
this Prospectus. Except as permitted by the Intersyndicate Agreement, the  price
of  any Notes so sold will be the respective initial public offering price, less
an amount not greater than the selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and sell U.S. Notes only in the United States to U.S. Persons (as defined below)
and  (b) the International Managers will offer and sell International Notes only
outside the United States to non-U.S. Persons (including any entity constituting
an  investment  advisor   located  outside   the  United   States  acting   with
discretionary  authority for  a U.S.  Person). For  these purposes,  U.S. Person
means individual residents in the United States, corporations, partnerships,  or
other  entities  organized in  or under  the laws  of the  United States  or any
political  subdivision  thereof  (including  any  such  entity  constituting  an
investment  advisor acting with  discretionary authority for  a non-U.S. Person)
whose office  most  directly involved  with  the  purchase is  located  in  such
country,  or a U.S. branch  of a foreign bank  or financial institution. "United
States" means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and
all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
    Nomura International  plc has  provided acquisition  financing and  advisory
services  to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will, after
the Merger  Consummation Date,  hold warrants  to acquire  an indirect  majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
 
    Application  has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters with respect to the Notes will be passed upon for  the
Depositor  by Dorsey & Whitney  LLP.  Cadwalader, Wickersham  & Taft will act as
counsel to the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers. The  Indenture,
the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Trust  Agreement,  the  Purchase
Agreement and the Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
   
    1. The issue of the Notes has been authorized pursuant to the Indenture  and
       a  resolution dated September    , 1996 of the  Board of Directors of the
Depositor.
    
 
    2. An application has been  made to list the  Notes on the Luxembourg  Stock
       Exchange.  In connection  with such  application, a  legal notice  of the
issuance of the Notes and copies of the Indenture and a copy of the Registration
Statement will  be  deposited  with  the Chief  Registrar  of  the  District  of
Luxembourg  (Greffier en Chef  du Tribunal d'Arrondissement  a Luxembourg) where
such documents may be examined and copies obtained.
 
   
    3. As long  as  the  Notes  are  outstanding,  copies  of  the  Registration
       Statement,  all amendments  and exhibits  thereto, the  Indenture and any
reports containing information on the Owner Trust prepared by the Servicer  will
be  available  free  of charge  at  the  offices of  the  Indenture  Trustee and
Kredietbank S.A.  Luxembourgeoise, as  the listing  agent in  Luxembourg at  the
following  address: 43, boulevard Royal, L-2955 Luxembourg, and notices of their
availability will be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation
in Luxembourg (which is expected to be Luxemburger Wort).
    
 
    4. There is no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding,  actual
       or pending, which relates to the Owner Trust and to which the Owner Trust
is  a party or of which the Owner Trust has been notified, or threatened that it
will be made  a party,  which is material  in the  context of the  issue of  the
Notes.
 
   
    5. Upon  issuance, the Notes  will be accepted  for clearance and settlement
       through DTC, Euroclear and Cedel Bank, as applicable.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           COMMON CODE       ISIN         CUSIP
                                                                         ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>          <C>
Class A-1 Notes........................................................
Class A-2 Notes........................................................
Class A-3 Notes........................................................
Class A-4 Notes........................................................
Class B Notes..........................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
   
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                          PAGE
- ----------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>
Administrative Fees.....................     11, 63
Amount Available........................       7
Article 2A..............................       66
AT&T....................................       21
ATMs....................................       27
Available Pledged Revenues..............       46
Bankruptcy Code.........................       66
Bell Labs...............................       30
Benefit Plan............................       71
Book Value..............................     10, 50
Business Day............................       45
Cash Collateral Account.................       12
Cedel Bank..............................       54
Cedel Bank Participants.................       54
Certificates............................       2
CFC.....................................     8, 26
Class A Notes...........................   Cover, 45
Class A-1 Notes.........................     1, 45
Class A-2 Notes.........................     1, 45
Class A-3 Notes.........................     1, 45
Class A-4 Notes.........................     2, 45
Class B Notes...........................     2, 45
Closing Date............................    Cover, 4
CLT.....................................       28
Code....................................     15, 67
Collection Account......................       51
Collection Period.......................     4, 48
Commission..............................       i
Common Stock............................       21
Computer Tape...........................       36
Contract Pool...........................       8
Contract Pool Principal Balance.........       3
Contract Principal Balance..............       3
Contracts...............................  Cover, 7, 24
Counsel.................................       67
CPR.....................................      B-1
Credit Corp.............................     8, 26
Current Collection Period Pledged
 Revenues...............................     7, 46
Current Realized Losses.................       50
Cut-Off Date............................       4
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool..............       8
Definitive Notes........................       55
Deposit Date............................     7, 46
Depositor...............................    Cover, 1
Depository..............................       45
Determination Date......................       61
DTC.....................................     i, 16
DTC Participants........................       52
Duff & Phelps...........................       5
Electronic Ledger.......................       36
Eligible Accounts.......................       51
Eligible Investment.....................       51
Equipment...............................  Cover, 7, 24
Equipment Certificate...................       12
Equity Certificate Majority.............       64
Equity Certificates.....................       11
ERISA...................................     15, 71
Escrow Account..........................       51
 
<CAPTION>
 
TERM                                          PAGE
- ----------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>
Euroclear...............................       54
Euroclear Operator......................       54
Euroclear Participants..................       54
Euroclear System........................       54
Events of Default.......................       57
Exchange Act............................       i
Excluded Shares.........................       21
Financial Institution...................       69
Fitch...................................       5
Global Notes............................    45, A-1
Governing Law...........................       16
HoldCo..................................       21
Holders.................................     16, 45
Indenture...............................    Cover, 1
Indenture Trustee.......................    Cover, 1
Indirect Participants...................       53
Initial Amount..........................       49
Initial Contract Pool Principal
 Balance................................     4, 48
Insolvency Laws.........................       17
Insurance, Maintenance and Tax
 Accounts...............................       61
Intersyndicate Agreement................       73
Interest Rate...........................  Cover ii, 2
Interest Shortfall......................       61
International Depositories..............       52
International Managers..................       73
International Notes.....................       73
International Representative............       73
International Underwriting Agreement....       73
IRS.....................................       67
Lease Contract..........................  Cover, 7, 24
Leasing Services........................     8, 26
Liquidated Contracts....................   3, 10, 48
Liquidation Loss........................       50
Loan Contracts..........................   Cover, 24
Lucent..................................       26
Luxembourg Paying Agent.................       55
Luxembourg Transfer Agent...............       56
Management Offerees.....................       21
Management Options......................       21
Master Form Lease.......................       33
Merger Consideration....................       21
Merger Consummation Date................       6
Merger..................................     5, 21
Merger Agreement........................       21
MergerCo................................       21
Monthly Principal Amount................     3, 48
Moody's.................................       5
NCR.....................................       26
NCR Credit..............................     8, 26
Non-Accrual.............................       43
Note Majority...........................     56, 64
Note Distribution Account...............       51
Noteholders.............................     16, 45
Note Owners.............................       16
Notes...................................  Cover, 1, 45
Obligor.................................     7, 24
OID.....................................       68
Options.................................       21
Originators.............................     8, 26
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                          PAGE
- ----------------------------------------  ------------
Owner Trustee...........................     Cover
<S>                                       <C>
Owner Trust.............................    Cover, 1
Participants............................       52
Payment Date............................    Cover ii
Plan Assets Regulation..................       71
                                           8, 24, 46,
Pledged Revenues........................       60
Prepayments.............................     8, 46
PTCE....................................       71
Purchase Agreement......................       1
Rating Agencies.........................       5
Related Collection Period Pledged
 Revenues...............................     7, 46
Repurchase Event........................       38
Required Payoff Amount..................     10, 50
Requisite Amount........................       50
Rules...................................       53
S&P.....................................       5
SBU.....................................       28
Scheduled Payments......................     8, 46
Securities Act..........................       i
Servicer................................       1
Servicing Account.......................       51
 
<CAPTION>
 
TERM                                          PAGE
- ----------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>
Servicing Fee...........................     11, 63
Special Redemption Date.................     6, 49
Special Redemption Price................     6, 49
Specific Lease Form.....................       33
Stated Maturity Dates...................       4
TCC.....................................  Cover, 1, 25
Terms and Conditions....................       55
TIN.....................................       70
Transfer and Servicing Agreement........       1
Transfer Date...........................       60
Trust Assets............................  Cover, 6, 23
Trust Accounts..........................       51
Trust Agreement.........................       1
UCC.....................................       18
U.S. Notes..............................       73
U.S. Representative.....................       73
U.S. Underwriters.......................       73
U.S. Underwriting Agreement.............       73
Underwriters............................       73
United States...........................       74
United States Holder....................       67
United States Person....................      A-4
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................          i
Available Information..........................          i
Reports to Noteholders.........................          i
Table of Contents..............................         ii
Prospectus Summary.............................          1
Risk Factors...................................         17
The Merger.....................................         21
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............         23
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................         25
The Originators................................         26
The Contracts..................................         32
Description of the Notes.......................         45
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................         60
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........         65
United States Taxation.........................         67
ERISA Considerations...........................         71
Ratings of the Notes...........................         72
Use of Proceeds................................         72
Underwriting...................................         73
Legal Matters..................................         75
Additional Information.........................         75
Index of Principal Terms.......................         76
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
Appendix B: Weighted Average Life of the
 Notes.........................................        B-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                   CLASS A-1
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                            NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
                                  -----------
 
   
                               U.S. UNDERWRITERS:
    
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
   
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
    
   
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS
    
   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1996
    
   
                          $3,055,000,000 (APPROXIMATE)
    
   
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
    
 
   
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
    
   
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
    
   
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
    
   
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
    
   
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B, DUE                     ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
    
 
   
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
    
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
   
    Capita Equipment  Receivables  Trust 1996-1  (the  "Owner Trust")  has  been
formed  pursuant to a  Trust Agreement between  Antigua Funding Corporation (the
"Depositor"), which is to be an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital
Corporation ("TCC") following the  consummation of the Merger,  and The Bank  of
New  York as  Owner Trustee (the  "Owner Trustee").  The Receivable-Backed Notes
(the "Notes") will be issued  by the Owner Trust  pursuant to an Indenture  (the
"Indenture")  between the Owner Trust and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Indenture
Trustee (the "Indenture  Trustee"). The Notes  will consist of  four classes  of
senior  notes, designated as the  Class A-1, Class A-2,  Class A-3 and Class A-4
Notes (collectively, the "Class A Notes"), and one class of subordinated  notes,
designated  as the Class B Notes. The property of the Owner Trust (collectively,
the "Trust Assets"), from the date of issuance of the Notes (the "Closing Date")
to the Transfer Date, will consist of the proceeds of the Notes, plus additional
cash, which will be  held (and invested in  certain Eligible Investments) in  an
Escrow  Account  and will  be  sufficient to  redeem  the Notes  at  the Special
Redemption Price on the Special Redemption Date if the Merger is not consummated
and the Contracts and Equipment hereinafter described are not transferred to the
Owner Trust on  or before  November 1,  1996. The  cash in  the Escrow  Account,
together  with  the proceeds  of the  Equity  Certificates to  be issued  by the
    
 
   
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
   
    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING, SEE "RISK
                          FACTORS" ON PAGE 17 HEREIN.
    
 
 THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE OWNER TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT
        INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION, AT&T
           CAPITAL CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS  THE
       SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS.  ANY    REPRESENTATION TO THE  CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING         UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO THE
                                 PRICE (1)                DISCOUNT (2)            DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                          ------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                       <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Class A-1 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class A-2 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class A-3 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class A-4 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class B Note........             %                         %                         %
Total...................             $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------
   
(1) Plus accrued  interest,  if  any,  at the  applicable  Interest  Rate,  from
    September   , 1996.
    
   
(2) The  Depositor and  certain of its  affiliates have agreed  to indemnify the
    International Managers  against certain  liabilities, including  liabilities
    under the Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."
    
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $         .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
   
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC                                    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
 
   
    The Notes are offered severally by the International Managers, as  specified
herein,  subject to prior sale and  subject to the International Managers' right
to reject orders  in whole or  in part. It  is expected that  the Notes will  be
ready  for delivery in book-entry form  through the facilities of The Depository
Trust Company  in New  York, New  York,  Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme,  and  the
Euroclear  System against payment therefor in  immediately available funds on or
about September   , 1996.
    
 
        Application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
                                   Exchange.
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
   
              BARCLAYS DE ZOETE WEDD LIMITED
    
                             GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                            LEHMAN BROTHERS
                                                      MERRILL LYNCH
INTERNATIONAL
   
                                                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
    
                                 -------------
 
   
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS SEPTEMBER   , 1996
    
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
Owner Trust  to the  Depositor  (which will  thereafter  be transferred  by  the
Depositor in a transaction unrelated to the issuance of the Notes), will be used
on  the Transfer Date (which will be the Merger Consummation Date or a date soon
thereafter to acquire  a pool of  equipment leases (the  "Lease Contracts")  and
installment  sale contracts, promissory notes,  loan and security agreements and
similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts," and, together with the Lease
Contracts, the  "Contracts")  and  the  interest of  the  Depositor  in  certain
equipment  related to  such Contracts  (the "Equipment").  TCC will  service the
Contracts pursuant to a  Transfer and Servicing  Agreement among the  Depositor,
TCC,  the Indenture  Trustee and  the Owner Trust.  Of the  Notes being offered,
$         , $          , $         , $          and $         initial  principal
amount of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes
and  Class  B Notes,  respectively, are  being offered  initially in  the United
States by the U.S.  Underwriters and $            , $            ,$            ,
$          and $         , respectively, are being offered initially outside the
United States by the International  Managers. The Initial Public Offering  Price
and Underwriting Discount will be identical for both offerings.
 
    The  Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of beneficial
interest,  the  Equipment  Certificate  and  the  Equity  Certificates  and  the
Equipment  Certificate,  which  are  not  being  offered  hereby.  The Equipment
Certificate will represent an undivided interest in, and be payable solely  from
the  Equipment and certain amounts derived from the sale or other disposition of
the Equipment upon expiration or termination (including an early termination  or
liquidation)  of the  related Contracts and  certain other  amounts as described
herein. Proceeds  from the  sale  or other  disposition  of the  Equipment  upon
expiration  or termination  of the related  Contracts will not  be available for
payment of  interest  and principal  on  the  Notes, except  under  the  limited
circumstances described herein. It is expected that the Equity Certificates will
initially  represent  the  right to  receive  principal  in an  amount  equal to
approximately 4% of the Initial  Contract Pool Principal Balance, together  with
interest thereon at a rate of    % per annum.
 
    The  Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from, and
secured by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will  consist
primarily  of the  Scheduled Payments due  under the  Contracts, certain amounts
received upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent  not
payable  on the Equipment Certificate) liquidation  of the Contracts and related
Equipment, and  investment  earnings  on amounts  deposited  in  the  Collection
Account  established pursuant  to the Indenture,  in each case  subject to prior
application to pay  the Servicing  Fee, together  with amounts  permitted to  be
withdrawn  therefor from  a Cash  Collateral Account)  in the  order of priority
described herein.
 
    THE LIKELIHOOD  OF  PAYMENT OF  INTEREST  ON EACH  CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL  BE
ENHANCED  BY  THE APPLICATION  OF  THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE,  AFTER PAYMENT  OF THE
SERVICING FEE, TO THE PAYMENT OF SUCH INTEREST PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
ON ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE  EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AS WELL AS BY THE  PREFERENTIAL
RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1) IN
THE CASE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS
B  NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  AND (2) IN THE CASE  OF THE CLASS B NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY  INTEREST ON THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE,  THE
LIKELIHOOD  OF PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL  ON EACH CLASS OF  NOTES WILL BE ENHANCED BY
THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF  NOTES OF EACH  SUCH CLASS TO  RECEIVE
SUCH  PRINCIPAL, TO THE EXTENT OF THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE AFTER PAYMENT OF INTEREST
ON THE NOTES AND THE  EQUITY CERTIFICATES AS AFORESAID, (I)  IN THE CASE OF  THE
CLASS  A NOTES, PRIOR  TO THE PAYMENT OF  ANY PRINCIPAL ON THE  CLASS B NOTES OR
(EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN)  THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AND  (II) IN THE CASE  OF
THE  CLASS  B  NOTES,  PRIOR TO  THE  PAYMENT  OF ANY  PRINCIPAL  ON  THE EQUITY
CERTIFICATES, EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."
 
    To the extent the Amount Available is sufficient therefor, after payment  of
the  Servicing Fee, interest at  the rate per annum noted  above for each of the
Class A-1, Class A-2,  Class A-3, Class  A-4 and Class  B Notes (the  applicable
"Interest  Rate") will be paid to Holders  of each Class of Notes, and principal
will be paid on  the applicable Class of  Notes, on the 15th  day of each  month
(or,  if such day is  not a Business Day, on  the next succeeding Business Day),
commencing November 15, 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The Stated Maturity  Date
for the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4
Notes  and the Class B Notes  is               ,               ,               ,
            , and             , respectively, but final payment of any Class  of
Notes  could occur significantly  earlier than the Stated  Maturity Date of such
Class.
 
    The Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein  under
"Description  of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase of
Contracts."
 
    There is  currently  no secondary  market  for the  Notes  and there  is  no
assurance  that one will develop. The U.S.  Underwriters expect, but will not be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the  Notes
outside  the United States. There  is no assurance that  either such market will
develop, or if either such market does develop, that such market will  continue.
See "Risk Factors."
 
    Each prospective purchaser of the Notes must comply with all applicable laws
and  regulations in any jurisdiction in which it purchases or sells the Notes or
possesses or distributes this Prospectus  and must obtain any consent,  approval
or  permission required by it for the purchase, offer or sale by it of the Notes
under the laws and regulations  in force in any  jurisdiction to which it  makes
such  purchase, offer or sale,  and neither the Owner  Trust nor any Underwriter
shall have any responsibility therefor.
 
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
    The distribution of this Prospectus  and the offer or  sale of Notes may  be
restricted  by law in certain jurisdictions.  Persons to whom possession of this
Prospectus and  any of  the Notes  may come  must inform  themselves about,  and
observe,  any such  restrictions. See  "Underwriting." In  particular, there are
restrictions on the distribution  of this Prospectus and  the offer and sale  of
the  Notes  in  the United  Kingdom  and Japan.  None  of the  Owner  Trust, the
Underwriters  or  any  of  their   respective  representatives  is  making   any
representation  to any offeree or purchaser  of the Notes regarding the legality
of or investment  therein by such  offeree or purchaser  under applicable  legal
investment or similar laws.
 
    For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the
rules  of such exchange so require, the notices to Noteholders will be published
in a  leading  newspaper having  general  circulation in  Luxembourg  (which  is
expected  to be the Luxemburger Wort) and  will be made available at the offices
of the Luxembourg Listing Agent). See "Additional Information."
 
    It is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard &  Poor's
Ratings  Services, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its  highest
rating  category, and (ii)  rate the Class B  Notes at least  "A," "A2," "A" and
"A," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN  THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE  OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT ANY
TIME.
 
    The Depositor has taken all reasonable  care to ensure that the  information
stated  herein  is  true  and  accurate in  all  material  respects  and  is not
misleading as of the date hereof and  that there are no material facts  omission
of  which would make the information contained herein misleading in any material
respect. The Depositor accepts responsibility accordingly.
 
    Upon receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an  electronic
Prospectus  from any Underwriter or a  request by such investor's representative
within the period during which there  is an obligation to deliver a  Prospectus,
such  Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered, without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
 
    The Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in  the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995  (the "Regulations").  The Notes  may not  lawfully be  offered or  sold to
persons in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in  an
offer  to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
 
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered  or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or  circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
 
    In  making  an  investment  decision,  investors  must  rely  on  their  own
examination  of the Notes, including the merits and risks involved. The contents
of this Prospectus are  not to be  construed as legal,  business or tax  advice.
Each  prospective purchaser must  consult its own  accountant, legal advisor and
other advisors  as  to the  business,  legal, tax  and  related aspects  of  the
purchase  of the Notes.  As used herein,  references to "dollars"  or "$" are to
United States dollars.
<PAGE>
   
                                  UNDERWRITING
    
 
   
    Subject  to  the  terms  and conditions  of  the  international underwriting
agreement (the "International Underwriting Agreement"), the managers named below
(the   "International   Managers"),   through   their   representative,   Nomura
International plc (the "International Representative"), have severally agreed to
purchase from the Depositor the following respective initial principal amount of
Notes  (the "International Notes") at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                         PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                                      AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                   A-1 NOTES        A-2 NOTES        A-3 NOTES        A-4 NOTES         B NOTES
- ------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Nomura International plc............
Barclays de Zoete Wedd Limited......
Goldman Sachs International.........
Lehman Brothers International
 (Europe)...........................
Merrill Lynch International.........
J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd..........
                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
      Total.........................
                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the International Underwriting Agreement, the International Managers have
agreed, subject to the terms and  conditions set forth therein, to purchase  all
of  the International Notes offered hereby if any of the International Notes are
purchased. The Depositor  has been advised  by the International  Representative
that  the International Managers propose to offer the International Notes to the
public at the respective public offering prices  set forth on the cover page  of
this  Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price, less a concession not in
excess of 0.  % per Class  A-1 Note, 0.  % per Class  A-2 Note, 0.  % per  Class
A-3 Note, 0.  % per Class A-4 Note and 0.  % per Class B Note. The International
Managers  may allow and such dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not
in excess of 0.  % per Class A-1 Note, 0.  % per Class A-2 Note, 0.  % per Class
A-3 Note, 0.  % per Class A-4 Note and  0.  % per Class B Note. After the  Notes
are  released for sale to the public, the offering price and other selling terms
may be varied by the International Representative.
    
 
   
    The Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading  market.
The   Depositor  has  been  advised  by  the  International  Managers  that  the
International Managers  intend to  make a  market in  the Notes  outside of  the
United  States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market making
at any  time  without  notice.  The  Depositor has  been  advised  by  the  U.S.
Representative  that the U.S. Underwriters intend to  make a market in the Notes
in the United States but are not  obligated to do so and may discontinue  market
making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity
of the trading market for the Notes.
    
 
   
    Funds  in the Cash Collateral Account and  the Trust Accounts may, from time
to  time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the   U.S.
Underwriters.
    
 
   
    Each  International Manager  has agreed  that (i)  it has  complied and will
comply with all applicable  provisions of the Financial  Services Act 1986  with
respect  to  anything done  by  it in  relation to  the  Securities in,  from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom; (ii) it has only issued, distributed  or
passed  on and will only issue, distribute or  pass on in the United Kingdom any
document received by  it in connection  with the  issue of the  Securities to  a
person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or persons to whom such
document may otherwise lawfully be issued, distributed or passed on; (iii) if it
is  an authorized person under  Chapter III of Part  I of the Financial Services
Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote (as that term is defined in
Regulation 1.02(2) of the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated  Schemes)
Regulations  1991) to any person  in the United Kingdom  the scheme described in
the Prospectus if that person is of a kind described either in section 76(2)  of
the Financial Services Act 1986
    
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
   
or  in  Regulation  1.04 of  the  Financial Services  (Promotion  of Unregulated
Schemes) Regulations  1991; and  (iv) it  is a  person of  a kind  described  in
Article  11(3) of  the Financial  Services Act  1986 (Investment Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1995.
    
 
   
    Each International Manager has agreed that  the Notes may not be offered  or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or  circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
    
 
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located outside the United Sates.
 
   
    The  Depositor and  certain of its  affiliates have agreed  to indemnify the
International Managers against certain liabilities, including liabilities  under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor  has  entered  into  an  underwriting  agreement  (the  "U.S.
Underwriting Agreement") with certain underwriters (the "U.S. Underwriters," and
collectively with the International Managers, the "Underwriters") through  their
representative,  Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the "U.S. Representative"), providing for
the concurrent offer and  sale of an  aggregate of $            , $            ,
$          ,$          and $          principal amount of Class A-1 Notes, Class
A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and Class B Notes, respectively (the
"U.S.  Notes")  in  the  United   States.  The  offering  price  and   aggregate
underwriting  discounts  and commissions  per Note  for the  U.S. Notes  and the
International Notes are identical.
    
 
   
    To provide for the coordination  of their activities, the U.S.  Underwriters
and  the  International Managers  have entered  into  an Agreement  between U.S.
Underwriters and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement")  which
provides,  among other things, that the  U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as  is
mutually  agreed  upon  among  the  U.S.  Representative  and  the International
Representative. To the extent  there are sales among  the U.S. Underwriters  and
the  International  Managers pursuant  to  the Intersyndicate  Agreement  and as
approved by  Nomura  International  plc,  the number  of  U.S.  Notes  initially
available  for sale  by the  U.S. Underwriters  and the  number of International
Notes initially available for sale by the International Managers may be more  or
less  than the numbers appearing on the cover page of this Prospectus. Except as
permitted by the Intersyndicate Agreement, the  price of any Notes so sold  will
be the respective initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than
the selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes  and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will offer
and sell U.S. Notes only in the United States to U.S. Persons (as defined below)
and (b) the International Managers will offer and sell International Notes  only
outside the United States to non-U.S. Persons (including any entity constituting
an   investment  advisor   located  outside   the  United   States  acting  with
discretionary authority  for a  U.S. Person).  For these  purposes, U.S.  Person
means  individual residents in the United States, corporations, Partnerships, or
other entities  organized in  or under  the laws  of the  United States  or  any
political  subdivision  thereof  (including  any  such  entity  constituting  an
investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority  for a non-U.S.  Person)
whose office most directly involved with the purchase is located in such country
or  a U.S. branch  of a foreign  bank or financial  institution. "United States"
means the United  States of America,  its territories, its  possessions and  all
areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will,  after
the  Merger Consummation  Date, hold  warrants to  acquire an  indirect majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
 
   
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
    
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
   
                              PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF
                                 THE DEPOSITOR
                               1209 Orange Street
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                                    TRUSTEE
                            The Chase Manhattan Bank
                              450 West 33rd Street
                            New York, New York 10001
                                 PAYING AGENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C>
                                                              Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise
             The Chase Manhattan Bank                                43, boulevard Royal
               450 West 33rd Street                                        L-2955
             New York, New York 10001                                    Luxembourg
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                 LISTING AGENT
                        Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise
                              43, boulevard Royal
                                     L-2955
                                   Luxembourg
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>
       LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE DEPOSITOR                               LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE UNDERWRITERS
          AS TO UNITED STATES LAW                                        AS TO UNITED STATES LAW
            Dorsey & Whitney LLP                                      Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
              250 Park Avenue                                                100 Maiden Lane
          New York, New York 10177                                       New York, New York 10038
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                     SPECIAL LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE DEPOSITOR
                        AS TO UNITED STATES TAX MATTERS
                              Dorsey & Whitney LLP
                                250 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10177
                    INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS TO THE DEPOSITOR
                              Arthur Andersen LLP
                          1345 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York 10105
    
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
    
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................          i
Available Information..........................          i
Reports to Noteholders.........................          i
Table of Contents..............................         ii
Prospectus Summary.............................          1
Risk Factors...................................         17
The Merger.....................................         21
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............         22
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................         25
The Originators................................         26
The Contracts..................................         33
Description of the Notes.......................         45
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................         60
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........         65
United States Taxation.........................         67
ERISA Considerations...........................         71
Ratings of the Notes...........................         72
Use of Proceeds................................         72
Underwriting...................................         73
Legal Matters..................................         75
Additional Information.........................         75
Index of Principal Terms.......................         76
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
Appendix B: Weighted Average Life of the
 Notes.........................................        B-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                   CLASS A-1
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                            NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
                                  -----------
 
                            INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS:
 
                            NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
   
                         BARCLAYS DE ZOETE WEDD LIMITED
    
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
   
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following table  sets forth the  expenses to be  incurred in connection
with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  other  than  underwriting  discounts   and
commissions, described in this Registration Statement:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee..................  $
Printing and Engraving...............................................        *
Legal Fees and Expenses..............................................        *
Blue Sky Filing and Counsel Fees.....................................        *
Accounting Fees and Expenses.........................................        *
Trustee Fees and Expenses............................................        *
Rating Agencies' Fees................................................        *
Miscellaneous Expenses...............................................        *
                                                                       -------------
    Total............................................................  $     *
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Antigua  Funding  Corporation is  incorporated under  the laws  of Delaware.
Section 145 of  the Delaware General  Corporation Law provides  that a  Delaware
corporation  may indemnify  any persons,  including officers  and directors, who
are, or  are  threatened to  be  made, parties  to  any threatened,  pending  or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  (other than an action by or  in the right of such corporation, by
reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or  agent
of  such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee  or agent of  another corporation or  enterprise).
The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and  amounts paid in settlement actually  and reasonably incurred by such person
in connection with such action, suit or proceedings, provided such person  acted
in  good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the  corporation's  best  interests  and,  for  criminal  proceedings,  had   no
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation
may  identify officers  and directors  in an action  by or  in the  right of the
corporation under  the  same  conditions,  except  that  no  indemnification  is
permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be
liable  to the corporation.  Where an officer  or director is  successful on the
merits or  otherwise  in  the defense  of  any  action referred  to  above,  the
corporation  must  indemnify  him against  the  expenses which  such  officer or
director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws of Antigua Funding  Corporation
provide,   in  effect,  that,  subject   to  certain  limited  exceptions,  such
corporation will indemnify its officers and directors to the extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
 
    The Exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement are:
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
*     1.1         --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
*    *3.1         --  Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor.
*    *3.2         --  By-Laws of Depositor.
*    *4.1         --  Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
*    *4.2         --  Form of Indenture.
*    *4.3         --  Form of Trust Agreement.
*    *4.4         --  Form of Purchase Agreement.
*     5.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
*     8.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters.
*     8.2         --  Opinion and consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with respect to tax matters.
*    23.1         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
*    23.2         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1).
*    23.3         --  Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft (included as part of Exhibit 8.2).
*   *24.1         --  Power of Attorney.
*    25.1         --  Statement of eligibility of Indenture Trustee.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The  undersigned  registrant  hereby   undertakes  that,  for  purposes   of
determining  any liability under the Securities Act  of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report  pursuant to section  13(a) or section  15(d) of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  (and, where  applicable,  each filing  of an
employee  benefit  plan's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934)  that is  incorporated  by reference  in the
registration statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement
relating  to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
of  1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  registrant
has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such  indemnification is against public  policy as expressed in  the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification  against
such  liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person  of the registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
           1933,  the information omitted  from the form  of prospectus filed as
    part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in a form of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
           of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that  contains  a  form of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of  the
requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to
the Registration  Statement to  be  signed on  its  behalf by  the  undersigned,
thereunto  duly authorized, in the  City of New York, State  of New York, on the
13th day of September, 1996.
    
 
                                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                                          By ___________/s/ GUY HANDS___________
                                                         Guy Hands
                                                         President
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No.  3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                               DATE
- -------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------  ------------------------
 
<C>                                          <S>                                          <C>
               /s/ GUY HANDS                 President (Principal Executive Officer) and        September 13, 1996
                 Guy Hands                   Director
 
               /s/ JEFF NASH                 Vice President (Principal Financial and            September 13, 1996
                 Jeff Nash                   Accounting Officer) and Director
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
                                   SIGNATURES
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the  registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 3  to
the  Registration  Statement to  be  signed on  its  behalf by  the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the  City of New York, State  of New York, on  the
13th day of September, 1996.
    
 
   
                                          CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST
                                          1996-1
    
 
   
                                          By: ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
    
 
   
                                          By____________/s/ GUY HANDS___________
    
   
                                                         Guy Hands
                                                         President
    
 
                                      II-4


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission